##### Table of Contents

---

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



---

Form 10-K



---

(Mark One)



|x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2006

or



| ̈ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For the transaction period from  to

Commission file number: 000-50807



---

Design Within Reach, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)



---



|                                                               |  |                                     
|-------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------
|Delaware                                                       |  | 94-3314374                          
|(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |  | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)



|                                                       |  |            |  | 
|------------------------------------------------------ |  | ---------- |  | 
|225 Bush Street, 20th Floor, San Francisco, California |  | 94104     
|(Address of Principal Executive Offices)               |  | (Zip Code)

(415) 676-6500

(Registrants Telephone Number, Including Area Code)



---

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

|                                         |  |                                          
|---------------------------------------- |  | -----------------------------------------
|Title of Each Class                      |  | Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered
|Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share |  | The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC              

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock



---

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.    Yes ̈No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.    Yes ̈No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.    Yes  x    No ̈

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ̈

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant
is a large accelerated filer, accelerated filer or non-accelerated filer (See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) (Check one).

Large accelerated filer ̈Accelerated filer  x                    Non-accelerated filer ̈

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ̈No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrants common stock, $0.001 par value per share, held by
non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2006, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $55,132,903 (based on the closing sales price of the registrants common
stock on that date). This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

As of
April 24, 2007, 14,417,654 shares of the registrants common stock, $.001 par value were issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE: None



---



---

##### Table of Contents

DESIGN WITHIN REACH, INC.

FORM 10-KANNUAL REPORT

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2006

Table of Contents



|           |  |                                                                                                              |  |     
|---------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |  | ----
|           |  |                                                                                                              |  | Page
|PART I     |  |                                                                                                              |  |     
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 1.    |  | Business                                                                                                     |  | 1   
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 1A.   |  | Risk Factors                                                                                                 |  | 14  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 1B.   |  | Unresolved Staff Comments                                                                                    |  | 30  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 2.    |  | Properties                                                                                                   |  | 30  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 3.    |  | Legal Proceedings                                                                                            |  | 30  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 4.    |  | Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                                                          |  | 30  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|PART II    |  |                                                                                                              |  |     
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 5.    |  | Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |  | 31  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 6.    |  | Selected Financial Data                                                                                      |  | 34  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 7.    |  | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations                        |  | 35  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 7A.   |  | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk                                                   |  | 48  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 8.    |  | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                                                  |  | 49  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 9.    |  | Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures                        |  | 49  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 9A.   |  | Controls and Procedures                                                                                      |  | 49  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 9B.   |  | Other Information                                                                                            |  | 56  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|PART III   |  |                                                                                                              |  |     
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 10.   |  | Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                                                           |  | 57  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 11.   |  | Executive Compensation                                                                                       |  | 60  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 12.   |  | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters               |  | 79  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 13.   |  | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                                               |  | 81  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 14.   |  | Principal Accounting Fees and Services                                                                       |  | 82  
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|PART IV    |  |                                                                                                              |  |     
|           |  |                                                                                                             
|Item 15.   |  | Exhibits                                                                                                     |  | 83  
|           | 
|Signatures |  | 111                                                                                                         



---

##### Table of Contents

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

Any statements in this report and the information incorporated herein by reference about our
expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or performance are not historical facts and are forward-looking statements. You can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words or phrases such as
believe, may, could, will, estimate, continue, anticipate, intend, seek, plan, expect, should, or
would. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business
strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels
of activity, performance or achievement. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in
California in November 1998, and we reincorporated in Delaware in March 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 225 Bush Street, 20th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104, and our telephone number is (415) 676-6500. Our website
address iswww.dwr.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website, and information contained in our catalogs, does not constitute part of this report. Unless the context requires otherwise, in this report the terms
we, us and our refer to Design Within Reach, Inc.

Item 1. Business

Overview

We are an integrated multi-channel provider of distinctive modern design products to both residential and commercial customers. We offer our clients three integrated sales channels to purchase through, consisting of
our studios, website and phone. We believe we have developed a national presence in modern design furnishings and a brand recognized for design excellence among our customers and the design community. We believe that we have created a differentiated
business model that enables us to provide products to our customers in a more convenient, efficient and economical manner. We strive to broaden the base of modern design consumers, who we believe have been underserved in the United States. Our
policy of having core products in stock and ready to ship is a departure from the approach taken by many other modern design furnishings retailers, which we believe typically requires customers to wait weeks or months to receive their
products. We have relationships with both internationally recognized and emerging designers, which allow us to offer our customers an array of innovative and often hard-to-find merchandise. Our differentiated business model, along with an
experienced management team, has enabled us to generate significant growth in customers and net sales over the last six years.

We
established our business strategy on the premise that multiple, integrated sales channels improve customer convenience, reinforce brand awareness, enhance customer knowledge of our products, and produce operational benefits that ultimately improve
market penetration and returns on capital. We believe most traditional retailers initially established their presence with one sales channel and subsequently added additional channels, thereby making integration across sales channels more difficult.

Seamless channel integration, meaning all of our products are available, and order processing, customer service assistance and product
returns can be handled, through any of our three sales channels, is crucial to our success because a substantial portion of our customers purchase our products after having had contact with two



1



---

##### Table of Contents

or sometimes all three of our sales channels. All of our sales channels utilize a common inventory held at our centralized Hebron, Kentucky fulfillment
center and share information technology systems. This integration further improves customer service by providing inventory information across all sales channels.

Our merchandise offering is comprised of products that we believe share an aesthetic appeal and feature distinctive modern design elements, superior quality and authenticity. We offer a wide range of products in
numerous categories, including chairs, tables, workspace, outdoor furniture, lighting, floor coverings, beds, upholstery, and accessories. We display merchandise in an educational context by providing detailed information regarding the designer and
key design and functional elements about each product. We obtain our merchandise from select domestic and foreign designers and manufacturers that meet our requirements for design, quality, packaging, and consistency of production and flow. We
believe that our unique assortment of innovative products combined with our licensed originals from, Herman Miller, Inc., Knoll, Inc., Fritz Hansen A/S and Cassina S.p.A serves as a competitive advantage and provides our customers with a distinctive
shopping experience.

We believe our success requires the development and maintenance of a select base of residential and commercial
customers. Our customers include design professionals, consumers with an interest in modern design and commercial clients. We target educated consumers focused on quality of life and interested in self-enrichment. Historically, our residential
customers have been more likely to be male than female, have spanned a wide range of ages and typically have had household incomes greater than $100,000. We sell to the following commercial customers, who we believe are representative of our
commercial customer base in a number of different industries, including: architects and designers such as Hermogeno Designs and 212 Box Architecture, institutions of higher education such as New York University and Rhode Island School of Design,
retailers such as The Gap, Inc., Nordstrom, and The Limited Brands, Inc. and service firms such as Hospitality Purveyors and iSTAR Financial Inc. A significant percentage of our commercial sales are to small businesses with an interest in, or focus
on, design, such as restaurants, salons and boutiques.

We also establish close, lasting relationships with notable and emerging designers
and manufacturers. While modern design products have been widely popular in Europe for decades, we believe distribution channels in the United States have historically been limited principally to local boutiques and interior designers. This has
restricted product availability and exposure in the United States, reducing opportunities for both designers and manufacturers. We believe we are providing European and American designers with broader, more efficient access to the U.S. modern design
furnishings market. In that role, we have developed relationships with leading and emerging designers and manufacturers of design products, many of whom have sought us out as a platform for further exposure and distribution of their products.

We began selling products through our catalog and online in the second half of 1999. We opened our first studio in November 2000. During
the last three years, we have continued to grow, especially in studio sales. We have increased the number of our studios from one at the end of 2001 to 63 and one outlet as of December 30, 2006. We expect to open between three and four new
studios during fiscal year 2007. As of December 30, 2006, we had signed leases for three additional studios, one of which was opened as of March 31, 2007 and we anticipate opening the others during the second half of 2007.

Modern Design

Modern design is a twentieth century
movement, the purpose of which is to utilize current technologies and production methods to create more useful products for a broad audience. The movement was driven by many important designers and architects, including Ludwig Mies van der Rohe,
Charles and Ray Eames and Le Corbusier, among others, and has its origins within the German Bauhaus school in the 1920s and the post-World War II mid-century modernists. Modern design is concerned with functionality as well as appearance. As such,
modern design is not a decorative style, but rather a discipline where a products form follows its function. A product achieves its value through utility and performance, and a well-designed product is one that performs its task especially
well and elegantly. Characteristics of modern design furnishings are simplicity, originality,



2



---

##### Table of Contents

intelligent use of materials, quality, longevity and the avoidance of superfluous ornamentation or period styling. We offer products created by the classic
authors of modern design, as well as products created by emerging designers, and strive in all aspects of our business to enhance appreciation of modern design.

Industry Overview

The residential and commercial furnishings market encompasses a variety of goods, including furniture,
floor coverings, lighting and accessories. Sales in the U.S. home furnishings and bedding market were estimated at approximately $60 billion in 2006 and are projected to grow to $94.0 billion by 2009, according to Retail Forward, a business
information company specializing in industry analysis and forecasts. Sales in the U.S. office furnishings market were approximately $12.9 billion in 2006, growing 7.9% from $11.9 billion in 2005, according to BIFMA International, a not-for-profit
trade association of furniture manufacturers and suppliers whose strategic area of focus includes, among other things, statistical data generation.

The modern design furnishings market is a sub-sector of the residential and commercial furnishings market. We believe that the upscale segment of this market, in which we operate, will continue to benefit from several long-term trends,
including an increasing interest in modern design, middle-market consumers willingness to trade up for premium products and favorable demographic trends.

We believe the increased focus on design covers a wide range of products both within and beyond the traditional furnishings market, from home computers to kitchen appliances. Consumers expanding focus on design
has been featured in several television programs such as The Learning ChannelsTrading Spaces, as well as in books and other publications, including Michael Silversteins book, Trading Up: The New American Luxury. According
to the U.S. Department of Commerce, the disposable income of consumers has increased from 2000 through 2005. These consumers are driving increased sales of premium goods and services, which deliver higher quality, technical advantages and superior
performance relative to conventional products. These premium products typically command higher prices and gross margins than traditional products. We believe many consumers are interested in modern design products, but are not familiar with, or are
hesitant to engage, the more traditional sales channels, such as interior designers or expensive boutiques.

Businesses have also begun to
place more emphasis on modern design. We believe that many manufacturers are turning to design as an important differentiator of their products. A November 2003 article in Fortune magazine highlighted organizational initiatives at several
major corporations, which have created new positions for design professionals and promoted other design professionals, reflecting the growing importance of design in selling their products. We believe small businesses, which account for a
significant portion of our commercial sales, historically have had difficulties gaining access to modern design furnishings. We believe that the modern design furnishings industry has generally marketed and sold modern design products in a manner
that effectively excludes small businesses as buyers. Factors that contribute to the exclusion of small businesses from the market for modern design products include: the imposition of minimum order requirements that often exceed such buyers
requirements, limited physical presence of product sellers in smaller markets; and lack of interest from product distributors to sell to smaller buyers, among others. We believe this large segment of the commercial market has traditionally been
underserved and will continue to be particularly receptive to our product offerings.

We believe our business model makes design-oriented
products available for convenient purchase to a broad array of residential and commercial consumers and provides enhanced consumer education and product information to our customers, helping us further expand and penetrate the market for modern
design products.

Business Strengths

We believe our business strategy and strengths position us to be a leading provider of modern design furnishings in the United States. We believe that our business model is differentiated in several key respects from those of traditional
retailers and serves as a competitive strength. We intend to increase market penetration through our strong brand authority, multiple and integrated sales channels, distinctive merchandising, strategic designer and manufacturer relationships,
superior customer service and the efforts of our people.



3



---

##### Table of Contents

Strong Brand Authority

Since our founding, an integral part of our strategy has been to build the Design Within Reach brand both within the design community and among
residential and commercial consumers. To build our brand, we have cultivated relationships with leading designers, highlighted designers and classic design products throughout our sales channels, and carefully sourced products that embody the
principles of enduring design, performance and authenticity. Our publications have broad consumer reach. In fiscal year 2006, we distributed on average over 498,000 catalogs each month, and more than 417,000 people currently receive our monthly
electronic newsletter, Design Notes. We have also sponsored design conferences and other design education activities, such as studio events and design contests, which further increase public awareness of our brand. Recent examples
include a studio event featuring Philippe Starck discussing his philosophy and the progression of design, a co-sponsorship of a smallest, coolest apartment design contest, a furniture design contest and exhibition which brought together
over 500 people in support of Chicago area design talent and a lecture on textiles and the development of new designs. Through these activities, we believe that the Design Within Reach brand provides our products with authenticity
among our customers and has become associated with design excellence both in the design community and with residential and commercial consumers with an interest in modern design.

Multiple, Integrated Sales Channels

We market and sell our products to both residential and commercial customers through three integrated sales channels, consisting of studios, web and phone. We believe our multi-channel strategy enhances our ability to access and serve our
customers while improving operational efficiency.

This strategy allows us to better serve customers who may prefer shopping for products
in different formats, facilitates rapid and direct feedback as to customer needs and satisfaction, and provides broader exposure and reinforcement of the Design Within Reach philosophy. Customer service is further enhanced by providing convenience,
by cost effectively communicating educational information about our products and design in general and by permitting customers to view our complete product selection. During the fiscal year 2006, many of our online buyers had previously visited one
of our studios or been mailed a catalog and chose to purchase atwww.dwr.com, sometimes after visiting a studio or speaking with a customer service representative over the phone. Our studios enable us to provide the touch and feel of our
merchandise to customers and provide a local presence for enhancing market enetration. Our website serves as an information source for both our studio and catalog customers. We maintain consistent pricing across all of our sales channels for all of
our customers.

Our strategy also improves operational efficiency through the utilization of a common inventory and centralized information
systems. Operating from a common inventory allows us to maintain a high proportion of our products in stock at all times and facilitates more efficient inventory turns. In fiscal year 2006, we had an initial fulfillment rate, meaning the product was
in stock and ready to ship at the time of order, of approximately 90%, and we achieved 4.6 turns of our pickable inventory (defined as annual product cost of goods sold divided by average product inventory in our fulfillment center and available for
sale to our customers, over the preceding thirteen months). In addition, our integrated channel strategy and common inventory enable us to centralize our management information systems. A centralized system also permits us to utilize experience and
information from each channel to benefit the others. For example, we deploy customer data from our phone and online channels to identify promising markets and to increase the effectiveness of our studio site selection process.

Distinctive Merchandising

We take a
selective approach to product sourcing, and new products must meet our stringent standards for design, quality and authenticity before they are selected for inclusion in our product assortment. We ensure that the price, look and feel of our products
is consistent across all sales channels to provide a cohesive product image to our customers. A crucial element of our merchandising is the belief that each well-designed product should be presented as a stand-alone item, rather than as part of a
prepackaged set. Therefore, we present and describe our products in a clear, concise and specific manner, including providing line drawings for each product with its measurements. We complement our merchandise mix with authoritative educational
content regarding the designers of our products and other design topics.



4



---

##### Table of Contents

Strategic Designer, Manufacturer and Distributor Relationships

We purchase merchandise from select domestic and foreign designers, manufacturers and distributors that meet our requirements for design, quality,
packaging, and consistency of production and flow. We currently source products from over 900 vendors, many of which are small, family-owned businesses. In many cases, we have formal written agreements with designers, manufacturers and distributors.
In addition, we believe that we have developed strong informal business relationships with our suppliers that provide us a unique place in the market. These relationships have developed over time principally because these designers, manufacturers
and distributors have prospered along with us. For example, we purchase products from our vendors frequently and in large volumes, and in many cases, we are a vendors largest customer. As a result, we have been able to develop strong
relationships with most of our vendors. In addition, we seek to strengthen our relationships with designers by highlighting the design community in our publications and on our website, as well as through our educational efforts across all sales
channels. Our credibility and reputation with residential and commercial consumers for high quality, innovative modern design products is further enhanced by our relationships with larger, more prominent vendors from around the world, such as Herman
Miller, Inc., Vitra Inc., Knoll, Inc., Cassina S.p.A. and Kartell US Inc. Developing and maintaining our relationships with these designers and manufacturers is a core component of our strategy.

Superior Customer Service

Since
inception, we have focused on providing what we believe to be superior customer service in each of our sales channels. Our policy of having products in stock and ready to ship is a departure from the approach previously taken by many
other modern design furnishings retailers, which we believe typically requires customers to wait weeks or months to receive their products. In fiscal year 2006, we had an initial fulfillment rate, meaning the product was in stock and ready to ship
at the time of order, of approximately 90%, and we shipped substantially all in stock product by the next business day after receiving the order. Our fulfillment center in Hebron, Kentucky is located within a two-day drive time for delivery for a
majority of the U.S. population, which has enhanced our level of customer service. Other key elements of our customer service include: well-designed and attractive catalogs; knowledgeable sales personnel; our easy-to-use website for around-the-clock
purchases; extensive product information; and insightful design-oriented commentary. Our sales professionals work in a coordinated fashion across all of our sales channels with the goal of providing a satisfying and educational experience to all
customers. We typically hire our sales professionals from the design community, and we believe that their passion and knowledge enables them to interact effectively with design professionals and residential and commercial consumers in all channels.

Growth Strategy

Our goal is to
strengthen our position as a leading provider of modern design furnishings and accessories. We believe that as a truly integrated multi-channel business, we must measure ourselves by total market penetration, or sales across all of our channels.
Accordingly, we focus on increasing the overall penetration of our target markets, rather than on increasing sales in a particular channel. This helps us avoid conflicts among channels, which often occurs in traditional retail models. We select our
target markets based upon population statistics and our current sales in those markets. We intend to increase our market penetration nationwide and within selected markets by opening additional studios, expanding and refining our product offerings,
increasing marketing within and across our sales channels and expanding market awareness and appreciation for design products.

Open
Additional Studios

Our studios have become an integral part of our multi-channel strategy by providing customers with the ability to
touch and feel our products and by bringing our philosophy and products to life. We believe that our studio concept has broad appeal, offers attractive financial returns and can potentially be implemented successfully in many markets across the
United States. We opened our first studio in November 2000 and have



5



---

##### Table of Contents

expanded from one studio at the end of 2001 to 63 studios operating in 22 states and the District of Columbia at the end of fiscal year 2006. During fiscal
year 2006, we opened seven new studios and one outlet, mostly in smaller urban markets. As of December 30, 2006, we did not have sufficient information to determine how quickly these locations would reach their normal run rate, or how they
would ultimately compare with their counterparts in larger urban markets. We are currently monitoring and analyzing studio results in these areas, and have developed tailored advertising programs to drive awareness in these markets. We expect to
open three or four new studios in fiscal 2007, mainly in major urban markets. As of December 30, 2006, we had signed leases for three additional studios, one of which was opened as of March 31, 2007 and the others are scheduled to open
during the second half of 2007. We generally seek to occupy street-front locations at moderate rental rates, which allows us to become visible and integrated in a neighborhood while obtaining attractive rental payments. We believe our studios have
compelling unit-level economics. In fiscal year 2006, studios open the entire twelve months had an average annual sales volume of approximately $1.8 million. Our average initial investment per studio opened during fiscal year 2006 was approximately
$530,000, including net build out and pre-opening expenses and the cost of product floor samples. We intend to use the additional studios to gain market share and to secure a strong competitive position in each market where our studios are located,
with support from our other sales channels.

Expand and Edit Product Offerings

We believe there are substantial opportunities in the near-term to utilize our brand attributes of enduring design, quality and authenticity to expand our
product offerings within existing categories and enter into new, complementary categories. We regularly evaluate and edit our merchandise assortment based upon product performance, compatibility and margin. In recent years, we introduced several new
product categories, such as bedroom furnishings and mattresses, floor coverings, lighting and childrens furniture. While most of these have been successful, some have not. Notably the launch of our childrens furniture line
(Jax) proved to be a disappointment. We have reevaluated that strategy, learned from our mistake and closed down our Jaxs division in June 2006. We also intend to focus on and expand the number of product offerings for which we
believe we are the sole supplier in the United States. We believe that any product that meets our standards for design attributes and quality is a candidate to be added to our product assortment, and in the future we may seek out opportunities to
market products beyond residential and commercial furnishings and accessories.

Increase Marketing Within and Across Our Sales Channels

We believe that opportunities exist to expand net sales with marketing initiatives focused within and across each of our sales
channels. In fiscal year 2007, we are testing larger catalog sizes and increased mailing frequency to our top customers and prospective customers. At the same time, we have reduced total mailings to reduce costs and improve our response rates.
Additionally, we believe that we can enhance marketing efficiency by promoting our brand, studio locations and openings in select media as well as our catalogs and on our website and by utilizing customer data obtained from our catalog and online
channels to target future studio openings. Our studios contain computers for online access towww.dwr.com, and we encourage in-studio sales personnel to promote online usage and to distribute our catalogs. To enhance online sales, we intend
to develop additional website functionality and to implement additional third-party marketing agreements, such as our existing agreements with selected search engines.

Expand Market Awareness and Appreciation for Design Products

In fiscal year 2006, our catalogs
ranged from 50 pages to 125 pages and contained between 350 and 400 products. Catalog circulation is focused on:



| |  |  | current buyers and catalog requestors;
| | - |  | --------------------------------------



| |  |  | interior designers and architects;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------



| |  |  | other professionals whose work involves design, such as graphic artists;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------



6



---

##### Table of Contents

| |  |  | subscribers to design-focused magazines; and
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------



| |  |  | purchasers of products from related consumer catalogs and retail stores
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------

We increased mailing frequency to our top customers while reducing overall catalog circulation and increased response rates. We mailed to prospective
customers near studios and targeted other select urban markets. We believe this has enabled us to more cost-effectively reach new customers, improve our response rates and order sizes and lower our per customer acquisition costs across all of our
sales channels. We introduced product focused mailings such as our first Holiday Gift Mailer and supported core products with seasonal promotions.

We intend to expand our addressable market by continuing to use each of our sales channels to promote innovative design products and to educate consumers on the principles of modern design. We seek to educate consumers through our
electronic newsletter, blogs, catalogs, special publications, periodic design seminars, conferences, studio events and design contests. We often host events featuring industry speakers and promote studios by hosting in-studio activities. In fiscal
year 2006 we launched additional marketing vehicles, such as newspaper, magazine print ads and customer appreciation mailings. We believe that these activities will enhance consumers appreciation of modern design and expand the market for our
products.

Product Merchandising

Our
merchandising strategy is to offer well-designed products that are versatile and can be comfortably integrated with other furnishings. As such, we are selective in the products we offer and present our products as stand-alone items, rather than as
part of a prepackaged set. The principles that guide our merchandising decisions are authorship, attention to detail, simplicity, quality of materials and authenticity. Our product offering includes a refined assortment of chairs and tables,
workspace and outdoor furniture, lighting, floor coverings, bedroom furnishings and related accessories, bathroom fixtures, fans and other home and office accessories.

We manage our merchandise offering utilizing six general product designations:



| |  |  | Design Icons. These are products recognized throughout the design community and by knowledgeable residential and commercial consumers as legitimate examples
of historically significant designs. Offering design icons for sale is a crucial element of our merchandising strategy since they carry their own design authority, which we use to build our Design Within Reach brand. We anticipate that design icons
will continue to be an important part of our product assortment. Examples of design icons that we offer include:
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Noguchi TableDesigned in 1944 by Isamu Noguchi for Herman Miller, Inc., this is a practical glass-top table for commercial or residential use in which two simple, smoothly shaped solid wood pieces interlock to form a tripod that
supports a three-quarter inch slab of transparent glass.

Arco Floor LampDesigned in 1962 by Achille Castiglioni and
Pier Giacomo Castiglioni, this is a classic modern lighting design characterized by the dramatic arc of its stainless steel stem and the counterpoint provided by the substantial Carrara marble base. The lamp is designed to provide overhead lighting
without ceiling suspension, and its light intensity makes it useful for reading, working or dining.



| |  |  | Commissioned Designs. These are products that we have commissioned and developed. We will leverage our strong relationships with world-class designers to
design products exclusively for us. Going forward we intend to focus on and expand the number of internally developed products in our assortment. Examples of commissioned designs that we offer include:
| | - |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Flight ReclinerDesigned in 2005 by Jeffrey Bernett. The Flight Recliner has none of the bulkiness of a traditional recliner.
Mr. Bernett has created a lightly-scaled, comfortable recliner that is targeted for our urban customer.



7



---

##### Table of Contents

Theater Sofa CollectionDesigned in 2001 by Ted Boerner. This modern sofa
collection has minimalist appeal while at the same time does not compromise comfort. The Theater collection is targeted for both the residential and commercial customer.



| |  |  | Design Exclusives. These are products for which we believe we are the sole supplier in the United States. Design exclusives utilize the strength of the
Design Within Reach brand to supplement their appeal to customers. Going forward we intend to focus on and expand the number of design exclusives that we market. We believe that we are developing the brand authority and marketing strength to
introduce design exclusives, which may become recognized in the future as design icons. Examples of design exclusives that we offer include:
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Globus ChairDesigned in 1993 by Jesus Gasca, this is a sophisticated and practical dining chair designed for both commercial and
residential use. The chair has a stainless steel frame and wood lacquer back and stacks up to five chairs high.

Sussex
CredenzaDesigned in 2000 by Terence Woodgate and inspired by the shingled, angled roof of a Sussex cottage, this credenza features four louvered doors with dominant horizontal lines that mimic the credenzas rectangular shape, oak veneer
applied to all sides, compartments with adjustable shelves and a steel base that lends further aesthetic appeal and acts as a stable foundation.



| |  |  | Design Solutions. These are products that we believe provide superior results in solving customer problems in functionality, aesthetic appeal and, in many
cases, economy. We believe that the Design Within Reach brand further strengthens the appeal of these products as intelligent answers for residential and commercial customers furniture needs. We believe that commercial customers find many of
these products particularly attractive because of their problem-solving attributes. Products designated as design solutions generally remain in our merchandise assortment until another product offering a better solution becomes available. Examples
of design solutions that we offer include:
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Coco ArmchairDesigned in 2001 by Fratelli Tominaga,
this is a lightweight and sturdy dining chair that is built for easy maneuvering. The chair is constructed from durable beechwood and features a continuous barrel backrest which doubles as an armrest and can be hung on a tabletop or stacked to open
floor space for cleaning or storage. The chairs seat is subtly contoured for comfort and a single piece of wood acts as the back leg and forms a portion of the backrest for maximum strength.

Sliding SofaDesigned in 2000 by Pietro Arosio for Tacchini, this is a sofa with clean lines and modern proportions that easily
transforms into a two-person bed by sliding the base of the sofa out from the backrest. Its seat cushions and backrest provide the platform for both sitting and sleeping, and it also comes with two large feather-filled pillows. The upholstery is
fully removable for cleaning, and the aluminum frame is fitted with two casters for easy mobility.



| |  |  | Performance Designs. These are products designed to serve distinctive functional roles in the application for which they are used. They tend to have a
predictable demand curve and, unlike design icons, may cycle out of our assortment as customer interest diminishes. Products designated as performance design typically represent a significant percentage of the new products offered in our catalogs.
Based upon consumer response or product sales performance, these products may evolve into other of our product designations, such as design solutions. Examples of performance designs that we offer include:
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cubitec ShelvingDesigned in 1998 by Doron Lachish, this is a modular shelving system consisting of lightweight polypropylene
panels, which may be easily assembled into multiple configurations of cubes. Each kit contains eighteen panels to create six cubes, which can be attached vertically or horizontally. The shelving comes in a variety of colors and can be used in a
wide-range of residential and commercial environments.



8



---

##### Table of Contents

Kyoto ChairA clean-looking chair constructed with beechwood, with an unusual broad
back. The Kyoto Chair is so named because it is a popular café chair in Japan.



| |  |  | Design Accessories. These are products that supplement our larger assortment and enhance the utility of larger products. We have found design accessories to
be important in increasing customer response rates and broadening our customer base. Design accessories also present opportunities for us to introduce new design products, which may evolve into significant separate product lines. Examples of design
accessories that we offer include:
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Nelson Ball ClockDesigned in the 1950s by George Nelson,
this is a thirteen-inch diameter circular clock, the circumference of which is comprised of twelve small balls each connected by a rod to the clocks center.

PH5 Pendant LampDesigned in the 1950s by Poul Henningsen, this is a hanging ceiling lamp that has been widely used in Europe
for decades. The lamps shade is comprised of layers of varying sizes and shapes that direct light both horizontally and vertically. The lamp is compact enough to allow multiple lamps to be hung in the same setting and can be used in both
residential and commercial applications.

We believe there are many product lines that can be developed in addition to residential and
commercial furnishings and accessories, and we are constantly looking for ways to further leverage our brand recognition for design and quality. Our merchant and inventory planning teams meet weekly to review selling rates and make decisions
regarding our merchandise assortment based on product performance. We manage a wide range of products and regularly review the bottom third of our assortment and discontinue unproductive items. This process allows us to introduce new items each year
while maintaining our focus on product management and inventory turnover. For example, in 2006, our top 100 products represented 31% of our net sales. When we discontinue an item, the remaining inventory of that item is offered as a clearance item
through our website and our Secaucus N.J. outlet location.

Sales Channels

We established our business strategy on the premise that multiple, integrated sales channels improve customer convenience, reinforce brand awareness,
enhance customer knowledge of our products, and produce operational benefits that ultimately improve market penetration and returns on capital. The objective of each of our sales channels is to maximize total market penetration.

Phone Sales

Our phone sales consist
of sales of merchandise through the toll-free numbers associated with our printed catalogs. Our full-color catalog is our primary brand building and marketing tool. By mailing our catalogs in selected markets, we are able to reach a substantial
targeted audience, reduce the need for large expenditures on traditional advertising and marketing and generate additional sales across all of our channels. In fiscal year 2006, we distributed 6.0 million catalogs to existing and prospective
customers compared to 12.0 million in fiscal year 2005. In fiscal year 2006, phone sales totaled $19.4 million compared to $22.3 million in 2005, a 12.9% decrease as more customers moved to the web and our studios.

Our catalog reflects the values of the modern design community, with clean and simple graphic layouts and low-density and easily-readable typeface. Copy
is simple, direct and informative. Line drawings and measurements complete the straightforward presentation of each product. The catalog also addresses product functionality, such as the ability to stack chairs, the durability of fabrics and
ergonomic features. Additionally, our catalogs provide historical information about our products, many of which have rich design legacies, and generally feature the designers pictured with their products. This approach signals to the customer our
respect for the design community, and we believe that it has been one of the most appreciated aspects of our catalog.



9



---

##### Table of Contents

In fiscal year 2006, our catalogs generally ranged from between 50 and 125 pages. Catalog circulation is
focused on:



| |  |  | current buyers and catalog requestors;
| | - |  | --------------------------------------



| |  |  | interior designers and architects;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------



| |  |  | other professionals whose work involves design, such as graphic artists;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | subscribers to design-focused magazines; and
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------



| |  |  | purchasers of products from related consumer catalogs and retail stores
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------

In fiscal year 2007, we are testing larger catalog sizes and increased mailing frequency to our top customers and believe this will increase the response
to our catalog among this customer segment.

Studio Sales

The role of our studios is to bring modern design to customers neighborhoods and allow them to experience our products first hand. In fiscal year
2006, studio net sales totaled $109.6 million, representing a 24.2% increase from fiscal year 2005. Our studios have increased from one at the end of fiscal year 2001 to 63 studios and one outlet operating in 22 states and the District of Columbia
at the end of fiscal year 2006. During fiscal year 2006, we opened seven new studios and one outlet in smaller urban markets.

As of
December 30, 2006, we did not have sufficient information to determine how quickly these locations would reach their normal run rate, or how they would ultimately compare with their counterparts in larger urban markets. We are currently
monitoring and analyzing studio results in these areas, and have developed tailored advertising programs to drive awareness in these markets. We expect to open three to four new studios in fiscal year 2007 in major and smaller urban markets. As of
December 30, 2006, we had signed leases for three additional studios, one of which was opened as March 31, 2007. The other anticipated openings in fiscal 2007 are scheduled to open during the second half of the year. Like our catalog and
website, our studios are designed to reinforce our multi-channel strategy.

The design of our studios is understated and reflects the
clean, simple aesthetics of modernism. This allows us to highlight the design elements of our merchandise. Studio sizes range from approximately 1,100 to 11,000 square feet. As of March 31, 2007, we have signed leases for three new studios each
of which average approximately 4,200 square feet. We are targeting our future studios to be approximately 3,000 square feet on average. Most studios are located in buildings with architectural significance and have existing design elements such as
brick walls, hardwood floors, high ceilings or exposed beams, which we believe provide the appropriate atmosphere for our products. Since studios are often located in architecturally distinctive buildings, sometimes not originally intended for
retail use, our floor plans vary. However, all of our studios feature designer-oriented graphics and include our chair-wall, which showcases a variety of the chairs we offer on clean white display risers. Each studios selection of
tables, lounges, lighting, shelving and other items are displayed throughout the remainder of the studio. Signage is understated but informative and is meant to reflect our design community approach. Since our studios only contain product samples
and do not stock inventory for purchase, we are able to devote substantially all of our studio space to showcasing and selling products while also reducing product shrinkage, in-studio costs and the number of studio personnel. Customers are
encouraged to touch the products and treat the studio as their own design hub, allowing them to learn about our products in a friendly and informal atmosphere.

We generally staff our studios with one manager, whom we refer to as a proprietor, and two to three sales associates. We select proprietors from the design community who bring a passion for, and knowledge base about,
design. The studio proprietors are responsible for creating traffic in the studios through in-house design events, hiring and training sales associates, and ultimately leading the sales effort for their studio. Because our studios contain only
product samples and do not stock inventory for purchase, we are able to staff our studios leanly and



10



---

##### Table of Contents

our studio personnel are able to focus on delivering a superior level of service and information to our customers. Both studio proprietors and sales
associates work on an incentive-based compensation structure that includes salary, commission and bonus. We believe that our studio employees have the opportunity to earn higher compensation than traditional home furnishings retail employees.

Target markets for studio openings are identified based partly on household population statistics, but also on supporting sales data
collected from our other channels. Studios are located typically in moderate rent areas and usually occupy street-front space. In fiscal year 2006, studios open the entire twelve months had an average annual sales volume of approximately $1.8
million. Our average initial investment per studio opened during fiscal year 2006 was approximately $530,000 including net build-out and pre-opening expenses and the cost of product floor samples.

Online Sales

We created our
website,www.dwr.com, to be a readily available resource for modern design furnishings and to support sales and customer service activities 24 hours a day. In fiscal year 2006, our online sales totaled $30.0 million, representing a 2.7%
increase from fiscal year 2005. Our website is designed to be consistent with our catalog, with clean and simple layouts. We believe that other features such as zoom, product color changes, and printable product specifications, increase
functionality and differentiate our website from those of our competitors.

Online sales are an essential component of our multi-channel
strategy. In addition to driving traffic to our website through our other sales channels, we have entered into marketing agreements with select agencies to manage multiple pay-per-click search engine campaigns to increase the number of qualified
visits to our website.

One additional feature that has developed into a central part of our strategy is an outgoing e-mail called
Design Notes. This newsletter currently has a circulation of more than 417,000 and covers a wide range of design topics. The newsletter provides information about our products and also features general industry discussions on topics such
as urban design, automobile design, mass transit systems and profiles of specific designers. The newsletter is an important tool allowing us to make valuable contacts with design enthusiasts and potential customers. We have also used our website and
Design Notes as testing grounds for new products, as they have proven to be effective media for receiving prompt customer feedback.

Product
Sourcing

We continually seek to identify and introduce new products that meet our design and quality standards. We provide designers
and manufacturers with a forum through which they can significantly enhance the exposure and distribution of their products. We cultivate vendor relationships and host a biennial conference where we communicate openly with our vendor base regarding
our expansion strategy and product requirements.

We employ a specialized merchandising team that actively participates with manufacturers
and designers in the design process for many new products. Our merchandising team travels regularly to European and domestic markets visiting trade shows, designers and manufacturers in search of innovative new product offerings. Once a product has
been approved for inclusion in our product assortment, we negotiate with the products vendor to secure product supply. In an effort to ensure consistent product flow from our manufacturers, our inventory planning team supplies select vendors
with a six-month rolling forecast of projected purchases.

When determining which products to introduce, we estimate the potential sales,
gross margin and returns on capital. We also assess whether a product has the potential to be available through mass merchant channels, which would dilute the uniqueness of the product.

We depend on select designers, manufacturers and distributors to develop and manufacture products for us. We have contractual relationships with many of
these suppliers. In addition, we represent the largest share of business for many of them. We currently conduct business with over 900 designers, manufacturers and



11



---

##### Table of Contents

distributors, over half of which are located outside the United States. In fiscal year 2006, our largest vendor, Herman Miller, Inc., supplied us with
products representing 16.8% of our net purchases, and products supplied by our five largest vendors represented approximately 33.8% of net purchases.

Customer Service

We are committed to providing our customers with courteous, knowledgeable and prompt service across all
our channels. We have customer service representatives located at our corporate headquarters in San Francisco, California. Our agents are available to take calls from 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, and 10:00 a.m. to
6:30 p.m. Eastern Time on Saturday and 3:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time on Sunday. Our customer service center is staffed with DWR representatives who are interested in design and knowledgeable about our products. Our representatives provide
personal attention to customers who call toll free or send e-mails to request a catalog subscription, place an order or inquire about a product. Our customer service group also is responsible for resolving customer complaints. If a customer is not
satisfied with one of our products, he or she can return it for repair, replacement or refund.

We seek to hire and retain qualified sales
and customer service representatives in both our customer service center and studio operations. As of December 30, 2006, approximately half of our studio personnel either had a degree in design or prior work experience as a design professional.
Each new studio proprietor undergoes a thorough training program during which he or she is trained in all aspects of our business. Studio sales personnel are trained extensively prior to a new studio opening. This training focuses primarily on
giving them a working knowledge of our products, augmenting their knowledge regarding featured designers and ensuring that they understand our high customer service standards. We have also developed ongoing programs conducted at each studio that are
designed to keep each salesperson up-to-date on each new product offered.

Fulfillment

Substantially, all product orders from each of our sales channels are fulfilled from our approximately 317,000 square feet facility in Hebron, Kentucky,
except in cases where the product is shipped directly to the customer from the manufacturer. We expect this facility to support our distribution capacity for our existing and future needs. We believe this facility has enhanced our level of customer
service with order fulfillment occurring within a two day drive time for delivery for the majority of the U.S. population. Shipment of products from our fulfillment center to our customers is through third-party carriers. Our goal is to ship the
majority of customer orders within 24 to 48 hours after the order is received. In fiscal year 2006, we had an initial fulfillment rate, meaning the product was in stock and ready to ship at the time of order, of approximately 90%, and we shipped
substantially all in stock product by the next business day after receiving the order.

Information Technology and Systems

In May 2005, we converted our existing information technology system to a new, custom-built system intended to support our product sourcing, merchandise
planning, forecasting, inventory management, product distribution and transportation and price management. The information technology system is also used to generate information for our financial reporting. We encountered problems with the
conversion, due in large part to the absence of rigorous testing of the new systems prior to implementation. In particular, the new systems do not contain mechanisms to automatically identify and correct or reject erroneous or incomplete data. These
system problems resulted in our being unable to complete the closing of our financial statements for the second quarter of 2006 and filing our second quarter Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q in a timely manner. This delay resulted in the delay of our
completion of the closing of our financial statements for the third quarter of 2006 and our fiscal year 2006 audit, and the filing of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter and this Annual Report on Form 10-K. During the third
quarter of 2005, we hired a consulting firm to assess the inadequacies of the system. As a result of that review process, we have decided to replace the existing system.



12



---

##### Table of Contents

During the first quarter of 2006, we hired another consulting firm to clearly define and document the
requirements for the new system. During the second quarter of 2006, we finalized the high-level specifications for the new system, selected a software vendor, asked the consulting firm to assist with implementation, and began the process of
developing, testing and implementing the new system. We have begun installation of the new system and we plan to have the conversion completed in 2007.

Our website is located at a third-party hosting facility in Santa Clara, California. The hardware configuration includes firewalls, scalable servers, and other network enhancing features. This configuration allowed us
to maintain 99.7% availability and a 1.4 second average response time over broadband during fiscal year 2006.

Competition

The market for residential and commercial furnishings is fragmented with no single company holding a dominant market position. The market includes
numerous smaller specialty retailers, as well as department stores, larger mass merchandisers and home furnishings stores, with department stores commanding a decreasing percentage of the furnishings industry compared to specialty retailers. In
recent years, the industry has been characterized by consolidation, the withdrawal of certain retailers from the marketplace and a de-emphasis by traditional department stores on upscale merchandise, leaving fewer large competitors focused
exclusively on this segment of the furnishings market.

We face competition from several sources, including the following:



| |  |  | modern design companies selling solely through catalog and online, such as Oriac Design Corp. and Topdeq Corporation;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | regional retailers specializing in modern design, such as Limn, The Magazine, Moss and Slater/Marinoff & Co.;
| | - |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | national or multinational retailers such as Crate & Barrel, Ethan Allen Interiors, Inc., Home Decorators Collection, West Elm (divisions of
Williams-Sonoma, Inc.), Restoration Hardware, Inc. and Room & Board, Inc.; and
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | manufacturers whose products we sell, such as Cassina S.p.A., Herman Miller, Inc., Kartell US Inc., Knoll, Inc., Steelcase, Inc. and Vitra Inc., selling through
other authorized dealerships.
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Many of our competitors are larger than us and have substantially greater financial,
marketing and other resources than we do. However, many smaller specialty retailers may lack the financial resources, infrastructure and national brand identity necessary to compete effectively with us.

The U.S. retail industry, along with the catalog and online commerce sectors are highly competitive, dynamic in nature and have undergone significant
change over the past several years. Our ability to anticipate and respond successfully to these changes is critical to our long-term growth. If we are unable to maintain or increase our market share or compete effectively in the furnishings market,
our business, financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.

We believe that the ability to compete successfully
is determined by a variety of factors, including quality of product selection, effective product presentation, customer service and pricing. We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.

Intellectual Property

We believe that our
trademarks, including our registered trademark, Design Within Reach, and the brand name recognition that we have developed are of significant value. We strive to preserve the quality of our brand name and protect all of our intellectual
property rights, which include the copyrights in our catalogs, rights to our



13



---

##### Table of Contents

domain name, www.dwr.com, and our databases and information management systems to ensure that the value of our proprietary rights is maintained. We
attempt to protect our intellectual property rights on our commissioned designs, both in the United States and in foreign countries, through a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements and third-party
nondisclosure and assignment agreements. We rely on various intellectual property laws and contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary rights. These include trademark, copyright and trade secret laws and confidentiality, invention assignment
and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, contractors and suppliers.

Employees

At December 30, 2006, we had 407 employees, of whom 348 were engaged in selling and administrative functions, and 59 were involved in sourcing or
fulfillment functions.

Available Information

A copy of any of the materials we file with the SEC may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1200, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
SEC. The address of the site is www.sec.gov. We file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the public
reference room and website of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.dwr.com. You may access our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act with the SEC free of charge at our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The reference to our web
address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or accessible through this site.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following information sets forth factors that could cause our actual results
to differ materially from those contained in forward-looking statements we have made in this report, the information incorporated herein by reference and those we may make from time to time.

Risks Relating to our Business

We have recently revised
our corporate strategy and our new strategy may not be successful.

We have recently revised our corporate strategy by focusing on
improving studio sales, increasing staffing in our customer service department, limiting the number of products we offer and revamping our website. In June 2006 we closed down our childrens furniture division (Jax) and liquidated
the remaining inventory. We have also reduced the number of planned new studio openings, in an effort to reduce capital expenditures and generate positive cash flow. We may not be successful in increasing profitability and limiting expenditures, and
the reduction in our planned growth may adversely affect our gross margins and our net sales may not increase as rapidly as planned or at all.

Our
limited operating history makes evaluation of our business difficult.

We were originally incorporated in November 1998 and began
selling products in July 1999. As an early stage company with limited operating history, we face risks and difficulties, such as challenges in accurate financial planning and forecasting as a result of limited historical data and the uncertainties
resulting from having had a relatively limited time period in which to implement and evaluate our business strategies as compared to



14



---

##### Table of Contents

older companies with longer operating histories. These difficulties are particularly evident with respect to the evaluation and prediction of the operating
results and expenses of our studios, as we opened our first studio in November 2000 and have expanded from one studio at the end of 2001 to 63 studios and one outlet as of December 30, 2006. Further, our limited operating history will make it
difficult for investors and securities analysts who may choose to follow our common stock, if any, to evaluate our business, strategy and prospects. Our failure to address these risks and difficulties successfully would seriously harm our business.

If we fail to offer merchandise that our customers find attractive, the demand for our products may be limited.

In order for our business to be successful, our product offerings must be distinctive in design, useful to the customer, well made, affordable and
generally not widely available from other retailers. We may not be successful in offering products that meet these requirements in the future. If our products become less popular with our customers, if other retailers, especially department stores
or discount retailers, offer the same products or products similar to those we sell, or if demand generally for design products such as ours decreases or fails to grow, our sales may decline or we may be required to offer our products at lower
prices. If customers buy fewer of our products or if we have to reduce our prices, our net sales will decline and our operating results would be adversely affected.

We believe that our future growth will be substantially dependent on increasing sales of existing core products, and maintaining or increasing our current gross margin rates. We may not be able to increase the growth
of existing core andnew products or maintain or increase our gross margin rate in future periods. Failure to do so may adversely affect our business.

Moreover, in order to meet our strategic goals, we must successfully identify, obtain supplies of, and offer to our customers new, innovative and high quality design products on a continuous basis. These products must
appeal to a wide range of residential and commercial customers whose preferences may change in the future. If we misjudge either the market for our products or our customers purchasing habits, we may be faced with significant excess
inventories for some products and missed opportunities for products we chose not to stock. In addition, our sales may decline or we may be required to sell our products at lower prices. This would have a negative effect on our business.

The expansion of our studio operations could result in increased expenses with no guarantee of increased earnings.

We plan to open between three and four new studios in fiscal year 2007. We anticipate the costs associated with opening these new studios will be
approximately $1.6 million in 2007. However, we may not be able to attain our target number of new studio openings, and any of the new studios that we open may not be profitable, either of which could have an adverse impact on our financial results.
Our ability to expand by opening new studios will depend in part on the following factors:



| |  |  | the availability of attractive studio locations;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our ability to negotiate favorable lease terms;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our ability to identify customer demand in different geographic areas;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | general economic conditions; and
| | - |  | --------------------------------



| |  |  | availability of sufficient funds for expansion.
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------

Even though we plan to continue to expand the number of geographic areas in which our studios are located, we expect that our studio operations will remain concentrated in limited geographic areas. This concentration
could increase our exposure to fluctuating customer demand, adverse weather conditions, competition, distribution problems and poor economic conditions in these regions. In addition, our phone sales, online sales or existing studio sales in a
specific region may decrease as a result of new studio openings in that region.



15



---

##### Table of Contents

In order to continue our expansion of studios, we will need to hire additional management and staff for
our corporate offices and employees for each new studio. We must also expand our management information systems and distribution systems to serve these new studios. If we are unable to hire necessary personnel or grow our existing systems, our
expansion efforts may not succeed and our operating results may suffer.

Some of our expenses will increase with the opening of new
studios, such as headcount and lease occupancy expenses. Moreover, as we increase inventory levels to provide studios with product samples and support the incremental sales generated from additional studios, our inventory expenses will increase. We
may not be able to manage this increased inventory without decreasing our earnings. If studio sales are inadequate to support these new costs we will continue to struggle to generate net income. In addition, if we were to close any studio, whether
because a studio is unprofitable or otherwise, we likely would be unable to recover our investment in leasehold improvements and equipment at that studio and would be liable for remaining lease obligations.

We do not have long-term vendor contracts and as a result we may not have continued or exclusive access to products that we sell.

All of the products that we offer are manufactured by third-party suppliers. We do not typically enter into formal exclusive supply agreements for our
products and, therefore, have no contractual rights to exclusively market and sell them. Since we do not have arrangements with many of our vendors or distributors that would guarantee the availability or exclusivity of our products from year to
year, we do not have a predictable or guaranteed supply of these products in the future. If we are unable to provide our customers with continued access to popular products, our net sales will decline and our operating results would be harmed.

Our business depends, in part, on factors affecting consumer spending that are not within our control.

Our business depends on consumer demand for our products and, consequently, is sensitive to a number of factors that influence consumer spending,
including general economic conditions, disposable consumer income, recession and fears of recession, stock market volatility, war and fears of war, acts of terrorism, inclement weather, consumer debt, interest rates, sales tax rates and rate
increases, inflation, consumer confidence in future economic conditions and political conditions, and consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security generally. Adverse changes in factors affecting discretionary consumer spending could
reduce consumer demand for our products, thus reducing our net sales and adversely affecting our operating results.

Our business will be harmed if we
are unable to implement our growth strategy successfully.

Our growth strategy primarily includes the following components:



| |  |  | open additional studios;
| | - |  | ------------------------



| |  |  | expand and edit product offerings;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------



| |  |  | increase marketing within and across our sales channels; and
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | expand market awareness and appreciation for design products.
| | - |  | -------------------------------------------------------------

Any failure on our part to implement any or all of our growth strategies successfully would likely have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We rely on catalog-based marketing, which could have significant cost increases and could have unpredictable results.

Our success depends in part on our ability to market, advertise and sell our products effectively through the Design Within Reach catalog. In fiscal year
2006, phone sales totaled $19.4 million, representing 10.9% of our total net sales during such period. We believe that the success of our catalog operations depends on the following factors:



| |  |  | our ability to continue to offer a merchandise mix that is attractive to our customers;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



16



---

##### Table of Contents

| |  |  | our ability to achieve adequate response rates to our mailings;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our ability to add new customers in a cost-effective manner;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our ability to design, produce and deliver appealing catalogs in a cost-effective manner; and
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our ability to timely deliver catalog mailings to our customers.
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------

Catalog production and mailings entail substantial paper, postage, merchandise acquisition and human resource costs, including costs associated with catalog development and increased inventories. We incur nearly all
of these costs prior to the mailing of each catalog. As a result, we are not able to adjust the costs incurred in connection with a particular mailing to reflect the actual performance of the catalog. Increases in costs of mailing, paper or printing
would increase our costs and would adversely impact our earnings as we would be unable to pass such increases directly on to our customers or offset such increases by raising prices. If we were to experience a significant shortfall in anticipated
sales from a particular mailing, and thereby not recover the costs associated with that mailing, our future results would be adversely affected. In addition, response rates to our mailings and, as a result, sales generated by each mailing, are
affected by factors such as consumer preferences, economic conditions, the timing of catalog mailings, the product mix in a particular catalog, the timely delivery by the postal system of our catalog mailings and changes in our merchandise mix,
several of which may be outside our control. Furthermore, we have historically experienced fluctuations in the response rates to our catalog mailings. Customer response to our catalogs is dependent on merchandise assortment, merchandise availability
and creative presentation, as well as the size and timing of delivery of the catalogs. If we are unable to achieve adequate response rates, we could experience lower sales, significant markdowns or write-offs of inventory and lower margins, which
would adversely affect our future operating results.

We must manage our online business successfully or our business will be adversely affected.

Our success depends in part on our ability to market, advertise and sell our products through our website. In fiscal year 2006, online
sales totaled $30.0 million, representing 16.8% of our total net sales. The success of our online business depends, in part, on factors over which we have limited control. In addition to changing consumer preferences and buying trends relating to
Internet usage, we are vulnerable to additional risks and uncertainties associated with the Internet. These risks include changes in required technology interfaces, website downtime or slowdowns and other technical failures or human errors, changes
in applicable federal and state regulation, security breaches, and consumer privacy concerns. Our failure to respond successfully to these risks and uncertainties might adversely affect the sales through our online business, as well as damage our
reputation and increase our selling, general and administrative expenses.

We have made and will continue to make certain systems changes that might
disrupt our supply chain operations and delay financial results.

Our success depends on our ability to source merchandise efficiently
through appropriate systems and procedures. In May 2005, we converted our then existing information technology system to a new, custom-built system supporting our product sourcing, merchandise planning, forecasting, inventory management, product
distribution and transportation and price management. We also use this information technology system to generate information for our financial reporting. We encountered problems with the conversion, due in large part to the absence of rigorous
testing of the new systems prior to implementation. In particular, the new systems do not contain mechanisms to automatically identify and correct or reject erroneous or incomplete data. These system problems resulted in our being unable to complete
our fiscal year 2006 and 2005 audits timely and file this Form 10-K in a timely manner. During the third quarter of 2005, we hired a consulting firm to assess the inadequacies of the system. As a result of that review process, we have decided to
replace our current system.

During the first quarter of 2006, we hired another consulting firm to clearly define and document the
requirements for the new system. During the second quarter of 2006, we finalized the high-level specifications for the new system, selected a software vendor, hired a consulting firm to assist with implementation, and began



17



---

##### Table of Contents

the process of developing, testing and implementing the new system. We have begun installation of the new system and we plan to have the conversion completed
in 2007. There are inherent risks associated with replacing our core systems, including possible supply chain disruptions that could affect our ability to deliver products to our customers or delays in obtaining the information necessary for our
financial reporting. We may not be able to successfully launch these new systems or launch them without supply chain disruptions or delays in releasing our financial results in the future. Any resulting supply chain disruptions could have a material
adverse effect on our operating results. If we cannot produce timely and reliable financial reports, our business and financial condition could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our
stock could decline significantly and we may be unable to obtain additional financing to operate and expand our business.

Management has identified
material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls in our business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and stock price.

As required by Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 13a-15(b), we carried out an evaluation, under the
supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 30, 2006.
Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that control deficiencies which constituted material weaknesses existed in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006. As a
result of these material weaknesses, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 30, 2006 at the reasonable assurance level. A material weakness
is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Management identified material weaknesses
relating both to our control environment and our control activities.

Management determined that we had material weaknesses in our control
environment because as of December 30, 2006 we did not have (1) a sufficient number of personnel or appropriate depth of experience for our accounting, finance and information technology departments to ensure the preparation of interim and
annual financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (U.S. GAAP), (2) robust risk assessment processes, including strategic plans, budgets and clearly defined and communicated
goals and objectives, (3) effective controls over the documentation, application and review of our significant accounting policies and procedures, (4) sufficient processes to identify, capture and communicate financially significant information,
(5) adequate monitoring of our existing control activities over financial reporting, (6) sufficient segregation of duties (7) adequate records retention, and (8) adequate account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations. In
addition, we placed heavy reliance on manual procedures and detective controls without quality control review and other monitoring controls in place to adequately identify and assess significant risks that may impact financial statements and related
disclosures. These conditions were exacerbated by problems with our software systems and significant turnover of personnel in several key positions in finance, accounting and information technology, including the chief financial officer, controller
and chief information officer. These control deficiencies could result in material misstatements of the annual or interim financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. For more information about the material weaknesses identified by
management, please see Part I, Item 9A, Controls and Procedures.

In the third quarter 2006, we began to take steps to
strengthen our internal control processes to address the matters we have identified. These measures may not, however, completely eliminate the material weaknesses we identified, and we may have additional material weaknesses or significant
deficiencies in our internal controls that we have not yet identified. The existence of one or more material weaknesses or significant deficiencies could result in material errors in our financial statements, and we may incur substantial costs and
may be required to devote substantial resources to rectify any internal control deficiencies. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls in accordance with applicable standards, we may be unable to conclude on an
ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with



18



---

##### Table of Contents

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we cannot produce timely and reliable financial reports, our business and financial condition could be
harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock could decline significantly and we may be unable to obtain additional financing to operate and expand our business.

We may need additional financing and may not be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms or at all, which could increase our costs, limit our ability to
grow and dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders.

We generated a net loss of $8.3 million in fiscal year 2006 and cash
provided by operations was $509,000 during this period. We expect to continue incurring losses during the fiscal year 2007.

On
February 2, 2007, we entered into a Loan, Guaranty and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC (the Loan Agreement) which replaced the loan with Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. The Loan Agreement expires on
February 2, 2012 and provides for an initial overall credit line up to $20.0 million, which may be increased to $25.0 million at our option, provided we are not in default on the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement consists of a revolving credit
line and letters of credit up to $5.0 million. The amount we may borrow at any time under the Loan Agreement is based upon a percentage of eligible inventory and accounts receivable less certain reserves. Borrowings are secured by the right, title
and interest to all of our personal property, including equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, intellectual property and inventory. The Loan Agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including minimum availability, which is the amount we
may borrow under the Loan Agreement, less certain outstanding obligations, plus certain cash and cash equivalents, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on subordinated indebtedness and limitations on the amount of capital expenditures we may
incur in any fiscal year.

Interest on borrowings will be either at Wells Fargos prime rate, or LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.75% based upon
average availability. In the event of default, our interest rates are increased by approximately two percentage points. On February 2, 2007, we had outstanding approximately $1.3 million in letters of credit under our previous line of credit
with Wells Fargo HSBC. These letters of credit were transferred to our new facility, no others borrowings were outstanding with Wells Fargo HSBC on February 2, 2007.

Other than the Loan Agreement, we do not have any significant available credit, bank financing or other external sources of liquidity. We may need to raise additional capital in the future to fund our working capital
requirements, open additional studios, to facilitate long-term expansion, to respond to competitive pressures or to respond to unanticipated financial requirements. The amount of financing that we will require for these efforts will vary depending
on our financial results, our ability to generate cash from internal operations, and the number and speed at which we open additional studios. There is no assurance that we will be able to raise the additional capital required to meet our
objectives. Our challenging financial circumstances may make the terms, conditions and cost of any available capital relatively unfavorable. If additional debt or equity capital is not readily available, we will be forced to scale back, or fail to
address opportunities for expansion or enhancement of, our operations.

If we do not manage our inventory levels successfully, our operating results
will be adversely affected.

We must maintain sufficient inventory levels to operate our business successfully. However, we also must
guard against the risk of accumulating excess inventory as we seek to fulfill our in stock and ready to ship philosophy. Our success depends upon our ability to anticipate and respond to changing merchandise trends and customer demands
in a timely manner. If we misjudge market trends, we may overstock unpopular products and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which would have a negative impact on our operating results. Conversely, shortages of popular items could
result in loss of sales and have a material adverse effect on our operating results.



19



---

##### Table of Contents

Consumer preferences may change between the time we order a product and the time it is available for
sale. We base our product selection on our projections of consumer preferences in a future period, and our projections may not be accurate. As a result, we are vulnerable to consumer demands and trends, to misjudgments in the selection and timing of
our merchandise purchases and fluctuations in the U.S. economy. Additionally, much of our inventory is sourced from vendors located outside the United States that often require lengthy advance notice of our requirements in order to be able to
produce products in the quantities we request. This usually requires us to order merchandise, and enter into purchase order contracts for the purchase and manufacture of such merchandise, well in advance of the time such products will be offered for
sale, which makes us vulnerable to changes in consumer demands and trends. If we do not accurately predict our customers preferences and acceptance levels of our products, our inventory levels will not be appropriate and our operating results
may be negatively impacted.

We source many of our products from manufacturers and suppliers located in Europe, many of which close for
vacation during the month of August each year. Accordingly, during September, and in many cases, for several weeks, thereafter, as manufacturing resumes and products are shipped to the United States, we are often unable to receive product shipments
from these suppliers. As a result, we are required to make projections regarding customer demand for these products for the third and fourth quarters of each year and order sufficient product quantities for delivery in advance of the August
shutdown. If we misjudge demand for any of these items, our inventory levels may be too high or low. If we have a shortage of a particular item affected by the August shutdown, we may not be able to procure additional quantities for some weeks or
months, which could result in loss of sales and have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

We depend on domestic and foreign vendors,
some of which are our competitors, for timely and effective sourcing of our merchandise.

Our performance depends on our ability to
purchase our merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We purchase our merchandise from over 900 foreign and domestic designers, manufacturers and distributors. We have no long-term purchase contracts with any of our suppliers and,
therefore, have no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to products, and any vendor could discontinue selling to us at any time. In fiscal year 2006, products supplied by our five largest vendors represented approximately
34% of net purchases.

Additionally, some of our suppliers, including Herman Miller, Inc., Vitra Inc. and Kartell US Inc., compete directly
with us in both residential and commercial markets and may in the future choose not to supply products to us. In fiscal year 2006, products supplied by Herman Miller, Inc., Vitra Inc. and Kartell US Inc. represented approximately 20% of our net
purchases. Additionally, some of our smaller vendors have limited resources, production capacities and operating histories, which mean that they may not be able to timely produce sufficient quantities of certain products demanded by our customers.
We may not be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us in the future. Any inability to acquire suitable merchandise or the loss of one or more key vendors could have a negative effect on our business and
operating results because we would be missing products from our merchandise mix unless and until alternative supply arrangements are made. Moreover, we may not be able to develop relationships with new vendors and products from alternative sources,
if any, may be of a lesser quality or more expensive than those we currently purchase.

New accounting pronouncement may impact our future results of
operations.

In fiscal year 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123R, Share-Based
Payment issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB. SFAS No. 123R requires us to recognize share-based compensation as compensation expense in the statement of operations based on the fair values of such equity awards on
the date of the grant, with the compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. In accordance with SFAS 123R, we adopted a fair value-based method for measuring
the compensation expense related to share-based



20



---

##### Table of Contents

compensation. In 2006, we recognized approximately $1.9 million in expense related to stock-based compensation under SFAS 123R. Future financial impact is
difficult to predict because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future, assumptions used to determine fair value and forfeiture rates used to calculate the expense.

Intellectual property claims against us could be costly and could impair our business.

Third parties may assert claims against us alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violations of patent, trademark, trade dress, or other
proprietary rights held by them, whether or not such claims have merit. Some of the products we offer, including some of our best selling items, are reproductions of designs that some of our competitors believe they have exclusive rights to
manufacture and sell, and who may take action to seek to prevent us from selling those reproductions. Alternatively, such persons may seek to require us to enter into distribution relationships with them, thereby requiring us to sell their version
of such products, at a significantly higher price than the reproduction that we offer, which may have a significant adverse impact on our sales volume, net sales and gross margin. During 2005, we discontinued selling reproductions of Barcelona
merchandise currently being manufactured by Knoll, Inc. and agreed to carry the Barcelona merchandise instead. We were selling the reproductions, which we referred to as Pavillion merchandise, at substantially lower prices than the
Barcelona merchandise. In addition, when marketing or selling our products, we may refer to or use product designations that are or may be trademarks of other people, who may allege that we have no right to use such marks or product designations and
bring actions against us to prevent us from using them. If we are forced to defend against third-party infringement claims, whether they are with or without merit or are determined in our favor, we could face expensive and time-consuming litigation,
which could divert management personnel, or result in product shipment delays. If an infringement claim is determined against us, we may be required to pay monetary damages or ongoing royalties, or to cease selling the infringing product, which may
have a significant adverse impact on our sales volume and gross margins, especially if we are required to stop selling any of our best-selling items as a result of, or in connection with, such claim. Further, as a result of infringement claims
either against us or against those who license rights to us, we may be required to enter into costly royalty, licensing or product distribution agreements. Such royalty, licensing or product distribution agreements may be unavailable on terms that
are acceptable to us, or at all. If a third party successfully asserts an infringement claim against us and we are required to pay monetary damages or royalties or we are unable to obtain suitable non-infringing alternatives or license the infringed
or similar intellectual property on reasonable terms on a timely basis, it could significantly harm our business. Moreover, any such litigation regarding infringement claims may result in adverse publicity which may harm our reputation.

We are subject to various risks and uncertainties that might affect our ability to procure quality merchandise from our vendors.

Our performance depends on our ability to procure quality merchandise from our vendors. Our vendors are subject to certain risks, including availability
of raw materials, labor disputes, union organizing activity, inclement weather, natural disasters, and general economic and political conditions that might limit their ability to provide us with quality merchandise on a timely basis. For these or
other reasons, one or more of our vendors might not adhere to our quality control standards, and we might not identify the deficiency before merchandise ships to us or our customers. Our vendors failure to manufacture or import quality
merchandise could reduce our net sales, damage our reputation and have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Changes in the value of the U.S.
dollar relative to foreign currencies and/or any failure by us to adopt and implement an effective hedging strategy could adversely affect our operating results.

In fiscal year 2006, we generated all of our net sales in U.S. dollars, but we purchased approximately 46% of our product inventories from manufacturers in Europe and paid for 38% of these products in Euros. Increases
and decreases in the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro result in fluctuations in the cost to us of merchandise sourced from Europe. As a result of such currency fluctuations, we have experienced and may continue to experience



21



---

##### Table of Contents

fluctuations in our operating results on an annual and a quarterly basis going forward. Specifically, as the value of the U.S. dollar declines relative to
the Euro, our effective cost of supplies of product increases. As a result, declines in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro and other foreign currencies would increase our cost of goods sold and decrease our gross margin.

In fiscal year 2006, the value of the dollar increased approximately 12% relative to the Euro. However, we did not benefit significantly from this
strengthening of the dollar because we made most of our fiscal year 2006 inventory purchases in the first part of the year when the dollar was still weak relative to the Euro and because of the hedging contracts we purchased at a time when the
dollar was relatively weak. During the second part of the year, we ceased purchasing hedging contracts and conducted our currency transactions on the spot market. During 2007, we have begun purchasing foreign currency forward contracts with
maturities of 12 months or less to hedge our foreign currency risk on anticipated purchases of merchandise based on purchases orders outstanding. In fiscal 2006 we accounted for hedging contracts on a monthly basis by recognizing the net cash
settlement gain or loss on the call or put option in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and adjusting the carrying amount of the contract to market by recognizing any corresponding gain or loss in cost of goods sold as the underlying
inventory which was hedged was sold in each reporting period. However, when derivative positions exceed identified exposures, such contracts are considered ineffective and reported through earnings (loss). In fiscal year 2006, our actual
demand was less than our forecasted demand, and the amount of Euros we hedged was greater than the amount we needed for purchases of inventory. As a result, we recorded approximately $69,000 for ineffectiveness during fiscal year 2006. If our
anticipated purchases exceed actual purchases, we may continue to have expenses associated with hedging that are not associated with inventory purchases. If our hedging strategy does not help reduce fluctuations in our cost of goods and mitigate the
impact of strengthening of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar, we will continue to have difficulties in accurately predicting our costs of goods and our cost of goods may increase, adversely impacting our gross margin.

We rely on foreign sources of production, which subjects us to various risks.

We currently source a substantial portion of our products from foreign manufacturers located in Canada, Denmark, Germany, Italy, The Netherlands, Spain, and in other countries. As such, we are subject to other risks
and uncertainties associated with changing economic and political conditions in foreign countries. These risks and uncertainties include import duties and quotas, work stoppages, economic uncertainties including inflation, foreign government
regulations, wars and fears of war, acts of terrorism, political unrest and trade restrictions. Additionally, countries in which our products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future may become subject to trade restrictions
imposed by the United States or foreign governments. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from foreign vendors, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or
quotas could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to us and adversely affect our operating results.

There is
also a risk that one or more of our foreign vendors will not adhere to fair labor standards and may engage in child labor practices. If this happens, we could lose customer goodwill and favorable brand recognition, which could negatively affect our
business.

If we fail to timely and effectively obtain shipments of product from our vendors and deliver merchandise to our customers, our operating
results will be adversely affected.

We cannot control all of the various factors that might affect our timely and effective procurement
of supplies of product from our vendors and delivery of merchandise to our customers. All products that we purchase, domestically or overseas, must be shipped to our fulfillment center in Hebron, Kentucky by third-party freight carriers, except for
those products that are shipped directly to our customers from the manufacturer. Our dependence on foreign imports also makes us vulnerable to risks associated with products manufactured abroad, including, among other things, risks of damage,
destruction or confiscation of products while in transit to our fulfillment center, work stoppages including as a result of events such as longshoremen strikes, transportation



22



---

##### Table of Contents

and other delays in shipments including as a result of heightened security screening and inspection processes or other port-of-entry limitations or
restrictions in the United States, lack of freight availability and freight cost increases. In addition, if we experience a shortage of a popular item, we may be required to arrange for additional quantities of the item, if available, to be
delivered to us through airfreight, which is significantly more expensive than standard shipping by sea. As a result, we may not be able to obtain sufficient freight capacity on a timely basis or at favorable shipping rates and, therefore, we may
not be able to timely receive merchandise from our vendors or deliver our products to our customers.

We rely upon land-based carriers for
merchandise shipments from U.S. ports to our facility in Hebron, Kentucky and from this facility to our customers. Accordingly, we are subject to the risks, including labor disputes, union organizing activity, inclement weather and increased fuel
costs, associated with such carriers ability to provide delivery services to meet our inbound and outbound shipping needs. For example, recent increases in oil prices resulted in increases in our shipping expenses and we have not passed all of
this increase on to our customers, which has adversely affected our shipping margins. Failure to procure and deliver merchandise either to us or to our customers in a timely, effective and economically viable manner could damage our reputation and
adversely affect our business. In addition, any increase in fulfillment costs and expenses could adversely affect our future financial performance.

All
of our fulfillment operations are located in our facility in Hebron, Kentucky, and any significant disruption of this centers operations would hurt our ability to make timely delivery of our products.

We conduct all of our fulfillment operations from our facility in Hebron, Kentucky. Other than samples located at our studios and products that are
shipped directly to our customer from the manufacturer, we house all of our inventory and ship all of our products to our customers from our fulfillment center. A natural disaster or other catastrophic event, such as an earthquake, fire, flood,
severe storm, break-in, terrorist attack or other comparable event affecting our fulfillment center would cause interruptions or delays in our business and loss of inventory and could render us unable to accept or fulfill customer orders in a timely
manner, or at all. Further, we have no formal disaster recovery plan and our business interruption insurance may not adequately compensate us for losses that may occur. In the event that a fire, natural disaster or other catastrophic event were to
destroy a significant part of our Hebron, Kentucky facility or interrupt our operations for any extended period of time, or if harsh weather conditions prevent us from delivering products in a timely manner, our net sales would be reduced and our
operating results would be harmed.

Our computer and communications hardware and software systems are vulnerable to damage and interruption, which could
harm our business.

Our ability to receive and fulfill orders successfully is critical to our success and largely depends upon the
efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications hardware and software systems. Our primary computer systems and operations are located at our corporate headquarters in San Francisco, California and distribution center in
Hebron, Kentucky and are vulnerable to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, catastrophic events, and errors in usage by our employees and customers. Further, our
website servers are located at the facilities of, and hosted by, a third-party service provider in Santa Clara, California. In the event that this service provider experiences any interruption in its operations or ceases operations for any reason or
if we are unable to agree on satisfactory terms for a continued hosting relationship, we would be forced to enter into a relationship with another service provider or take over hosting responsibilities ourselves. In the event it became necessary to
switch hosting facilities in the future, we may not be successful in finding an alternative service provider on acceptable terms or in hosting our website servers ourselves. Any significant interruption in the availability or functionality of our
website or our sales processing, distribution or communications systems, for any reason, could seriously harm our business.

If we are unable to provide
satisfactory customer service, we could lose customers and our reputation could be harmed.

Our ability to provide satisfactory levels
of customer service depends, to a large degree, on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our customer call center. Any material disruption or slowdown in our order processing



23



---

##### Table of Contents

systems resulting from labor disputes, telephone or Internet failures, power or service outages, natural disasters or other events could make it difficult or
impossible to provide adequate customer service and support. Further, we may be unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of competent customer service representatives, who are essential in creating a favorable, interactive customer experience.
In addition, e-mail and telephone call volumes in the future may exceed our present systems capacities. If this occurs, we could experience delays in taking orders, responding to customer inquiries and addressing customer concerns, which would
have an adverse effect on customer satisfaction and our reputation.

We also are dependent on third-party shipping companies for delivery
of products to customers. If these companies do not deliver goods in a timely manner or damage products in transit, our customers may be unsatisfied. Because our success depends in large part on keeping our customers satisfied, any failure to
provide high levels of customer service would likely impair our reputation and have an adverse effect on our future financial performance.

We face
intense competition, and if we are unable to compete effectively, we may not be able to maintain profitability.

The specialty retail
furnishings market is highly fragmented but highly competitive. We compete with other companies that market lines of merchandise similar to ours, such as large retailers with a national or multinational presence, regional operators with niche
assortments and catalog and Internet companies. Many of our competitors are larger companies with greater financial resources than us. We expect that as demand for high quality design products grows, many new competitors will enter the market and
competition from established companies will increase.

Moreover, increased competition may result in potential or actual litigation between
us and our competitors relating to such activities as competitive sales practices, relationships with key suppliers and manufacturers and other matters. As a result, increased competition may adversely affect our future financial performance.

The competitive challenges facing us include:



| |  |  | anticipating and quickly responding to changing consumer demands better than our competitors;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | maintaining favorable brand recognition and achieving customer perception of value;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | effectively marketing and competitively pricing our products to consumers in several diverse market segments; and
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | offering products that are distinctive in design, useful to the customer, well made and affordable, in a manner that favorably distinguishes us from our
competitors.
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The U.S. retail industry, the specialty retail industry in particular, and the e-commerce sector are
constantly evolving and have undergone significant changes over the past several years. Our ability to anticipate and successfully respond to continuing challenges is critical to our long-term growth, and we may not be successful in anticipating and
responding to changes in the retail industry and e-commerce sector.

In light of the many competitive challenges facing us, we may not be
able to compete successfully. Increased competition could adversely affect our future net sales.

We maintain a liberal merchandise return policy, which
allows customers to return most merchandise and, as a result, excessive merchandise returns could harm our business.

We maintain a
liberal merchandise return policy that allows customers to return most merchandise received from us if they are dissatisfied with those items. We make allowances for returns in our financial statements based on historical return rates. Actual
merchandise returns may exceed our allowances for returns. In addition, because our allowances are based on historical return rates, the introduction of new products, the opening of new



24



---

##### Table of Contents

studios, the introduction of new catalogs, increased sales online, changes in our merchandise mix or other factors may cause actual returns to exceed return
allowances. Any significant increase in merchandise returns that exceed our allowances could have a material adverse effect on our future operating results.

Our senior management team has limited experience working together as a group, and may not be able to manage our business effectively. The loss of key personnel could have an adverse effect on our ability to execute our business strategy
and on our business results.

We have had three different Chief Executive Officers since October 2005. In May 2006, Tara Poseley
resigned her employment from the Company. In May 2006, Ray Brunner, who previously served as our Executive Vice PresidentStudio Operations and Real Estate, was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer. Prior to that, Ms. Poseley
served as President and Chief Executive Officer from October 2005 to May 2006. Prior to that, Wayne Badovinus served as President and Chief Executive Officer. The key personnel turnover in the last twelve months includes our Chief Financial Officer
(position subsequently filled), Vice PresidentFinance and Corporate Controller (position subsequently filled), Chief Information Officer, Vice PresidentHuman Resources, Vice President (position subsequently filled)Inventory
Planning and Executive Vice PresidentMerchandising and Marketing ( position subsequently filled with Vice President Merchandising and Design and a Vice President of Marketing). As a result, our senior management team has limited experience
working together as a group. This lack of shared experience could impact our senior management teams ability to quickly and efficiently respond to problems and effectively manage our business.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the efforts and abilities of our current senior management to execute our business plan.

In particular, we are dependent on the services of Ray Brunner, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of Mr. Brunner,
any of the other members of our senior management team, or of other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our ability to implement our business strategy and on our business results. Recent changes in our senior management have been
and any future departures of key employees or other members of senior management may be disruptive to our business and may adversely affect our operations. Additionally, our future performance will depend upon our ability to attract and retain
qualified management, merchandising and sales personnel. If members of our existing management team are not able to manage our company or our growth, or if we are unable to attract and retain additional qualified personnel as needed in the future,
our business results will be negatively impacted.

We have grown quickly and if we fail to manage our growth, our business will suffer.

We have rapidly and significantly expanded our operations, and anticipate that further significant expansion will be required to address potential
growth in our customer base and market opportunities. This expansion has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our management and operational resources. Additionally, we need to properly implement and maintain our
financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and procedures, including disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Moreover, if we are presented with appropriate opportunities, we may in the future make
investments in, or possibly acquire, assets or businesses that we believe are complementary to ours. Any such investment or acquisition may further strain our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures. These difficulties
could disrupt our business, distract our management and employees and increase our costs. If we are unable to manage growth effectively or successfully integrate any assets or businesses that we may acquire, our future financial performance would be
adversely affected.

If the protection of our trademarks and proprietary rights is inadequate, our brand and reputation could be impaired and we could
lose customers.

We regard our copyrights, service marks, trademarks, trade dress, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual
property as critical to our success. Our principal intellectual property rights include trademark



25



---

##### Table of Contents

registrations or applications for our name, Design Within Reach, our logo, and the acronym, DWR, among others; copyrights and trade
dress rights in our catalogs, website and certain of our products, such as our commissioned designs, and packaging; rights to our domain name, www.dwr.com, and our databases and information management systems; and patent registrations or
applications, and other proprietary rights, in certain product designs. We rely on trademark, copyright, patent, unfair competition and trade secret laws and confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, suppliers and others, to
protect our proprietary rights. Nevertheless, the steps we take to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate. If we are unable to protect or preserve the value of our trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets or other proprietary rights
for any reason, our brand and reputation could be impaired and we could lose customers. In addition, the costs of defending our intellectual property may adversely affect our operating results.

We may face product liability claims or product recalls that are costly and create adverse publicity.

The products we sell may from time to time contain defects which could subject us to product liability claims and product recalls. Any such product
liability claim or product recall may result in adverse publicity regarding us and the products we sell, which may harm our reputation. If we are found liable under product liability claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages.
Further, even if we successfully defend ourselves against this type of claim, we could be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to spend valuable time in the defense against these
claims and our reputation could suffer, any of which could harm our business. In addition, although we maintain limited product liability insurance, if any successful product liability claim or product recalls are not covered by or exceeds our
insurance coverage, our financial condition would be harmed.

The security risks of online commerce, including credit card fraud, may discourage
customers from purchasing products from us online.

For our online sales channel to continue to succeed, we and our customers must be
able to transmit confidential information, including credit card information, securely over public networks. Third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of customer transaction data. Any breach could cause customers to
lose confidence in the security of our website and choose not to purchase from us. Although we take the security of our systems very seriously, our security measures may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to our
information. If a person is able to circumvent our security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation and liability and could
seriously disrupt our operations and harm our reputation.

We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so the failure
to prevent fraudulent credit card transactions could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we may in the future suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even though the associated financial
institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions because we do not obtain a cardholders signature when we sell our products by telephone or online. If we
are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our financial condition.

Existing or future
government regulation could harm our business.

We are subject to the same federal, state and local laws as other companies conducting
business online, including consumer protection laws, user privacy laws and regulations prohibiting unfair and deceptive trade practices. In particular, under federal and state financial privacy laws and regulations, we must provide notice to our
customers of our policies on sharing non-public information with third parties, must provide advance notice of any changes to our privacy policies and, with limited exceptions, must give consumers the right to prevent sharing of their non-public
personal information with unaffiliated third parties. Further, the growth of online commerce could result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens on



26



---

##### Table of Contents

us. Today, there are an increasing number of laws specifically directed at the conduct of business on the Internet. Moreover, due to the increasing use of
the Internet, many additional laws and regulations relating to the Internet are being debated at the state and federal levels. These laws and regulations could cover issues such as freedom of expression, pricing, user privacy, fraud, quality of
products and services, taxation, advertising, intellectual property rights and information security. Applicability of existing laws to the Internet relating to issues such as property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual property issues,
taxation, libel, obscenity and personal privacy could also harm our business. For example, U.S. and international laws regulate our ability to use customer information and to develop, buy and sell mailing lists. Many of these laws were adopted prior
to the advent of the Internet, and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet. The applicability and reach of those laws that do reference the Internet, such as the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, are uncertain. The
restrictions imposed by and cost of complying with current and possible future laws and regulations related to our business could harm our future operating results.

In addition, because our website is accessible over the Internet in multiple states and other countries, we may be subject to their laws and regulations or may be required to qualify to do business in those locations.
Our failure to qualify in a state or country where we are required to do so could subject us to taxes and penalties and we could be subject to legal actions and liability in those jurisdictions. The restrictions or penalties imposed by, and costs of
complying with, these laws and regulations could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Our ability to enforce contracts and other obligations in states and countries in which we are not qualified to do business could be
hampered, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. During fiscal years 2006 and 2005, we have been subject to sales and use tax audits by various states as well as an Internal Revenue Service audit for fiscal year 2003. Although
any adverse results for completed audits have not been material to us, there is a risk that federal, state and local jurisdictions may challenge the characterization of certain transactions and assess additional amounts, including interest and
penalties. In the event that transactions are challenged by tax authorities, the review process would divert management attention and resources and we may incur substantial costs.

Tax authorities in a number of states, as well as a Congressional advisory commission, are currently reviewing the appropriate tax treatment of companies
engaged in online commerce, and new state tax regulations may subject us to additional state sales and income taxes, which could have an adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations. Further, there is a possibility that we may be
subject to significant fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements.

Laws or regulations relating to privacy and
data protection may adversely affect the growth of our online business or our marketing efforts.

We are subject to increasing
regulation relating to privacy and the use of personal user information. For example, we are subject to various telemarketing laws that regulate the manner in which we may solicit future customers. Such regulations, along with increased governmental
or private enforcement, may increase the cost of growing our business. In addition, several states have proposed legislation that would limit the uses of personal, user information gathered online or require online services to establish privacy
policies. The Federal Trade Commission has adopted regulations regarding the collection and use of personal identifying information obtained from children under 13 years of age. Bills proposed in Congress would extend online privacy protections to
adults. Moreover, proposed legislation in the United States and existing laws in other countries require companies to establish procedures to notify users of privacy and security policies, obtain consent from users for collection and use of personal
information, and/or provide users with the ability to access, correct and delete personal information stored by companies. These data protection regulations and enforcement efforts may restrict our ability to collect demographic and personal
information from users, which could be costly or harm our marketing efforts. Further, any violation of privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject us to fines, penalties and damages and may otherwise have material adverse effect on
our financial condition.

The State of California enacted a law that requires any company that does business in California and possesses
computerized data, in unencrypted form, containing certain personal information about California



27



---

##### Table of Contents

residents to provide prompt notice to such residents if that personal information was, or is reasonably believed to have been, obtained by an unauthorized
person such as a computer hacker. The law defines personal information as an individuals name together with one or more of that individuals social security number, drivers license number, California identification card number,
credit card number, debit card number, or bank account information, including any necessary passwords or access codes. As our customers, including California residents, generally provide information to us that is covered by this definition of
personal information in connection with their purchases via our website, our business will be affected by this new law. As a result, we will need to ensure that all computerized data containing the previously-described personal information is
sufficiently encrypted or that we have implemented appropriate measures to detect unauthorized access to our data. These measures may not be sufficient to prevent unauthorized access to the previously described personal information. In the event of
an unauthorized access, we are required to notify our California customers of any such access to the extent it involves their personal information. Such measures will likely increase the costs of doing business and, if we fail to detect and provide
prompt notice of unauthorized access as required by the new law, we could be subject to potential claims for damages and other remedies available to California residents whose information was improperly accessed or, under certain circumstances, the
State of California could seek to enjoin our online operations until appropriate corrective actions have been taken. While we intend to comply fully with this new law, we may not be successful in avoiding all potential liability or disruption of
business resulting from this law. If we were required to pay any significant amount of money in satisfaction of claims under this new law, or any similar law enacted by another jurisdiction, or if we were forced to cease our business operations for
any length of time as a result of our inability to comply fully with any such law, our operating results could be adversely affected. Further, complying with the applicable notice requirements in the event of a security breach could result in
significant costs.

We may be subject to liability for the content that we publish.

As a publisher of catalogs and online content, we face potential liability for intellectual property infringement and other claims based on the
information and other content contained in our catalogs and website. In the past, parties have brought these types of claims and sometimes successfully litigated them against online services. If we incur liability for our catalog or online content,
our financial condition could be affected adversely.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law make any change in
control more difficult. This could affect our stock price adversely.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws
contain provisions that may delay or prevent a change in control, discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common stock and affect adversely the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our
common stock. These provisions include:



| |  |  | the division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | prohibiting our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our ability to issue additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock without stockholder approval;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | prohibiting our stockholders from making certain changes to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws except with two-thirds stockholder
approval; and
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | advance notice requirements for raising matters of business or making nominations at stockholders meetings.
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We are also subject to provisions of the Delaware corporation law that, in general, prohibit any business combination with a beneficial owner of 15% or
more of our common stock for five years unless the holders acquisition of our common stock was approved in advance by our board of directors.



28



---

##### Table of Contents

In May 2006, we adopted a stockholder rights plan that could discourage, delay or prevent an acquisition
of the Company under certain circumstances. The rights plan provides for preferred stock purchase rights attached to each share of our common stock which will cause substantial dilution to a person or group acquiring 15% or more of our common stock
if the acquisition is not approved by our board of directors. In connection with the adoption of the rights plan, our board of directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock on
June 2, 2006. Under the terms of the rights plan, each right represent the right, under certain circumstances to purchase from the Company 1/1000th of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $50.00 per
1/1000th of a Preferred Share, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. The rights become exercisable ten days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has acquired, or obtained the right
to acquire, beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our common stock or ten business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of our board of directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an
acquiring person) following the commencement or announcement of an intention to make a tender offer or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15% or more of our common stock. Upon
exercise of the rights, the preferred stock is also entitled to preferential dividend and liquidation payments protected by customary anti-dilution provisions.

In addition, if Design Within Reach, Inc. were the surviving corporation in a merger with an acquiring person or any affiliate or associate of an acquiring person and our common stock was not changed or exchanged,
each holder of a right, other than rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by the acquiring person (which rights will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of common shares
having a market value of two times the then current purchase price of one right. In the event that, after a person has become an acquiring person, Design Within Reach, Inc. was acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or more
than 50% of its assets or earning power were sold, each holder of a right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current purchase price of the right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring
company which at the time of such transaction would have a market value of two times the then current purchase price of one right. The rights plan has a term of 10 years.

Risks Relating to the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile
and you may lose all or a part of your investment.

Our common stock had not been publicly traded prior to our initial public offering,
which was completed in July 2004, and an active trading market may not be sustained. The market price of our common stock has been subject to significant fluctuations. Since our initial public offering, our stock price has traded from a low of $4.20
to a high of $19.45. It is possible that in some future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of securities analysts who may choose to follow our common stock, if any, and investors. If this occurs, our stock price may
decline. Factors that could affect our stock price include the following:



| |  |  | actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | changes in securities analysts recommendations or estimates, if any, of our financial performance;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | publication of research reports by analysts, if any;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | changes in market valuations of similar companies;
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | announcements by us, our competitors or other retailers;
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | additions or departures of key personnel;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------



| |  |  | the trading volume of our common stock in the public market;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | general economic conditions;
| | - |  | ----------------------------



| |  |  | financial market conditions;
| | - |  | ----------------------------



29



---

##### Table of Contents

| |  |  | changes in accounting principles or policies, including the requirement to treat stock option grants as an operating expense;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | acts of terrorism; and
| | - |  | ----------------------



| |  |  | war or threats of war.
| | - |  | ----------------------

In addition,
the stock markets have experienced significant price and trading volume fluctuations, and the market prices of retail companies in particular have been extremely volatile and have recently experienced sharp share price and trading volume changes.
These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the
foreseeable future. We intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends from us on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

We currently lease an approximately 60,000 square foot facility in downtown San
Francisco, California for our corporate headquarters. The lease for our corporate headquarters expires on March 10, 2010. We believe that this facility will provide us with adequate space for growth for at least the next three years.

We lease approximately 317,000 square feet of warehouse space in Hebron, Kentucky for use as our warehouse and fulfillment center and we
expect this facility to support our current and future distribution capacity needs. The lease expires on November 30, 2008.

As of
December 30, 2006, we leased approximately 250,000 gross square feet for our 63 studios, and our one outlet location has leased space of approximately 22,000 gross square feet. These studios and outlet are in 22 states and the District of
Columbia. In 2007 we anticipate opening 3 to 4 new studios and have signed three new leases aggregating approximately 13,000 gross square feet. One of these locations opened as of March 31, 2007 and the other two are scheduled to open during
the second half of 2007 in smaller urban markets. Most of our studio locations have lease terms ranging from five to ten years and provide for a minimum rent plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds are achieved.
These leases generally require that we pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in legal proceedings and litigation
incidental to the normal conduct of our business. We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings or litigation.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not applicable.



30



---

##### Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market since July 2, 2004 under the symbol
DWRI. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market for the periods indicated.



|                             |  |      |       |     |   |      
|---------------------------- |  | ---- | ----- | --- | - | -----
|                             |  | High |       | Low
|Year Ended December 30, 2006 |  |      |       |     |   |      
|Fourth quarter               |  | $    | 6.35  |     | $ | 4.71 
|Third Quarter                |  |      | 6.90  |     |   | 5.25 
|Second Quarter               |  |      | 6.84  |     |   | 4.45 
|First Quarter                |  |      | 7.62  |     |   | 5.15 
|                             |  |     
|Year Ended December 31, 2005 |  |      |       |     |   |      
|Fourth quarter               |  | $    | 9.60  |     | $ | 4.20 
|Third Quarter                |  |      | 19.45 |     |   | 8.90 
|Second Quarter               |  |      | 18.62 |     |   | 13.88
|First Quarter                |  |      | 16.81 |     |   | 13.26

On April 20, 2007, the closing price of our common stock was $5.94.

Holders

As of April 20, 2007, there were
approximately 45 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock since our inception and do not intend to pay any dividends on our common stock in the
foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance our business and for general corporate purposes. Our board of directors has the authority to declare and pay dividends on our common stock, in its discretion,
as long as there are funds legally available to do so.



31



---

##### Table of Contents

Performance Graph

The following graph illustrates a comparison of the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock since June 30, 2004 to two indices: the Nasdaq Composite Index, U.S. Companies, and the Nasdaq Retail
Trade Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on June 30, 2004. The comparisons in the graph are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance
of our stock.

LOGO



|                          |  |        |  |        |  |        |  |       
|------------------------- |  | ------ |  | ------ |  | ------ |  | ------
|                          |  | 6/04   |  | 12/04  |  | 12/05  |  | 12/06 
|Design Within Reach, Inc. |  | 100.00 |  | 88.56  |  | 32.26  |  | 30.01 
|NASDAQ Composite          |  | 100.00 |  | 107.04 |  | 110.18 |  | 125.29
|NASDAQ Retail Trade       |  | 100.00 |  | 113.81 |  | 103.57 |  | 99.08 



32



---

##### Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information regarding all of our equity compensation plans as of December 30, 2006.



|                                                           |  |                                                                                           |  |                                                                           |      |                                                                                                                                           |          
|---------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------
|Plan Category                                              |  | (a) Number ofSecurities to beissued uponexercise ofoutstandingoptions, warrantsand rights |  | (b) Weightedaverageexercise priceof outstandingoptions,warrants andrights |      | (c) Number of securitiesremaining availablefor futureissuance under equitycompensation plans(excluding
securitiesreflected in column (1))
|Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     |  | 1,532,552                                                                                 |  | $                                                                         | 7.01 |                                                                                                                                           | 1,673,953
|Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |  |                                                                                          |  |                                                                           |     |                                                                                                                                           |         
|                                                           |  |                                                                                           |  |                                                                           |      |                                                                                                                                           |          
|Total                                                      |  | 1,532,552                                                                                 |  | $                                                                         | 7.01 |                                                                                                                                           | 1,673,953
|                                                           |  |                                                                                           |  |                                                                           |      |                                                                                                                                           |          

---

|(1) | Includes 234,729 shares of our common stock available for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not
repurchase any of our equity securities during the quarter ended December 30, 2006.



33



---

##### Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data are derived from our financial
statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto and Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.



|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|---------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------- | ------- | - | ---------------- | - | ------- | -------------- |  | ---------------- | ------- |  | ---------------- | ------ | - |  | - | ------ | -
|                                                                       |  | Fiscal Year Ended (1)                           |        
|                                                                       |  | December 30,2006                                |         |   | December 31,2005 |   |         | January 1,2005 |  | December 27,2003 |         |  | December 28,2002 |       
|                                                                       |  | (in thousands, except share and per share data) |        
|Statements of Operations Data:                                         |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Net sales                                                              |  | $                                               | 178,142 |   |                  | $ | 158,236 |                |  | $                | 120,598 |  | $                | 81,138 |   |  | $ | 57,254 |  
|Cost of sales                                                          |  |                                                 | 103,681 |   |                  |   | 90,400  |                |  |                  | 65,077  |  |                  | 43,298 |   |  |   | 30,241 |  
|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Gross margin                                                           |  |                                                 | 74,461  |   |                  |   | 67,836  |                |  |                  | 55,521  |  |                  | 37,840 |   |  |   | 27,013 |  
|Selling, general and administrative expenses                           |  |                                                 | 87,555  |   |                  |   | 71,422  |                |  |                  | 49,507  |  |                  | 35,232 |   |  |   | 24,883 |  
|Facility relocation costs (2)                                          |  |                                                 |        |   |                  |   |        |                |  |                  | 198     |  |                  | 559    |   |  |   |       |  
|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Earnings (loss) from operations                                        |  |                                                 | (13,094 | ) |                  |   | (3,586  | )              |  |                  | 5,816   |  |                  | 2,049  |   |  |   | 2,130  |  
|Other (income) expense, net                                            |  |                                                 | 212     |   |                  |   | 568     |                |  |                  | 242     |  |                  | 59     |   |  |   | 74     |  
|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Earnings (loss) before income taxes                                    |  |                                                 | (12,882 | ) |                  |   | (3,018  | )              |  |                  | 6,058   |  |                  | 2,108  |   |  |   | 2,204  |  
|Income tax expense (benefit) (3)                                       |  |                                                 | (4,593  | ) |                  |   | (949    | )              |  |                  | 2,314   |  |                  | (852   | ) |  |   | 1      |  
|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Net earnings (loss)                                                    |  | $                                               | (8,289  | ) |                  | $ | (2,069  | )              |  | $                | 3,744   |  | $                | 2,960  |   |  | $ | 2,203  |  
|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Deemed preferred stock dividend (4)                                    |  |                                                 |        |   |                  |   |        |                |  |                  |        |  |                  | (1,765 | ) |  |   |       |  
|Net earnings (loss) available to common stockholders                   |  | $                                               | (8,289  | ) |                  | $ | (2,069  | )              |  | $                | 3,744   |  | $                | 1,195  |   |  | $ | 2,203  |  
|                                                                       |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Net earnings (loss) per share (5)                                      |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Basic                                                                  |  | $                                               | (0.58   | ) |                  | $ | (0.15   | )              |  | $                | 0.46    |  | $                | 0.37   |   |  | $ | 0.75   |  
|Diluted                                                                |  | $                                               | (0.58   | ) |                  | $ | (0.15   | )              |  | $                | 0.29    |  | $                | 0.11   |   |  | $ | 0.21   |  
|Weighted average shares used to compute net earnings (loss) per share: |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Basic                                                                  |  |                                                 | 14,342  |   |                  |   | 13,729  |                |  |                  | 8,177   |  |                  | 3,261  |   |  |   | 2,951  |  
|Diluted                                                                |  |                                                 | 14,342  |   |                  |   | 13,729  |                |  |                  | 13,128  |  |                  | 11,294 |   |  |   | 10,663 |  
|                                                                       | 
|                                                                       |  | As of                                           |        
|                                                                       |  | December 30,2006                                |         |   | December 31,2005 |   |         | January 1,2005 |  | December 27,2003 |         |  | December 28,2002 |       
|                                                                       |  | (in thousands)                                  |        
|Balance Sheet Data:                                                    |  |                                                 |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |                  |         |  |                  |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Cash and cash equivalents                                              |  | $                                               | 6,795   |   |                  | $ | 3,428   |                |  | $                | 1,075   |  | $                | 44     |   |  | $ | 4,587  |  
|Investments                                                            |  |                                                 |        |   |                  |   | 9,652   |                |  |                  | 25,517  |  |                  |       |   |  |   |       |  
|Working capital                                                        |  |                                                 | 20,451  |   |                  |   | 25,030  |                |  |                  | 28,882  |  |                  | 1,646  |   |  |   | 5,111  |  
|Total assets                                                           |  |                                                 | 82,194  |   |                  |   | 86,206  |                |  |                  | 74,620  |  |                  | 25,522 |   |  |   | 18,378 |  
|Total indebtedness                                                     |  |                                                 | 1,105   |   |                  |   | 136     |                |  |                  | 1,305   |  |                  | 3,675  |   |  |   |       |  
|Convertible preferred stock (6)                                        |  |                                                 |        |   |                  |   |        |                |  |                  |        |  |                  | 12,084 |   |  |   | 12,232 |  
|Accumulated earnings (deficit)                                         |  |                                                 | (9,100  | ) |                  |   | (811    | )              |  |                  | 1,258   |  |                  | (2,486 | ) |  |   | (3,681 | )
|Total stockholders equity                                             |  |                                                 | 47,763  |   |                  |   | 53,542  |                |  |                  | 48,002  |  |                  | 9,838  |   |  |   | 8,752  |  

---

|(1) | We operate on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. Each fiscal year consists of four 13-week quarters, with an extra week added onto
the fourth quarter every five to six years. Each fiscal quarter ends on the Saturday closest to the last day of the calendar quarter. Each fiscal year presented consisted of 52 weeks, with the exception of fiscal year 2004, which consisted of 53
weeks.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



34



---

##### Table of Contents

|(2) | Costs associated with the relocation of our fulfillment center operations from Union City, California to Hebron, Kentucky. Facility relocation costs for the fiscal year 2004 also
included costs associated with the relocation of our corporate headquarters.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(3) | In fiscal year 2003, we recorded a net income tax benefit of $852,000 principally as a result of the reversal of a valuation allowance on our California state and federal net
operating loss carry-forwards.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(4) | In May 2003, we repurchased 1,961,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a price of $3.45 per share, for aggregate consideration of $6.8 million. The excess of the repurchase
price over the carrying value of the repurchased shares is reported as a deemed preferred stock dividend of $1.8 million and subtracted from net earnings to arrive at net earnings available to common stockholders. The deemed preferred stock dividend
in fiscal year 2003 reduced basic earnings per share by $0.54 to $0.37 and diluted earnings per share by $0.15 to $0.11.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(5) | For more information regarding the calculation of net earnings (loss) per share, see Note 1 of our financial statements.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(6) | All 5,399,000 outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock converted automatically into 5,399,000 shares of common stock upon the closing of our initial public offering in July
2004.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The
following discussion contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those
set forth under the caption BusinessRisk Factors. This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related
notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Overview

Design Within Reach is an integrated multi-channel provider of distinctive modern design furnishings and accessories offering products to both residential and commercial customers through three integrated sales
channels consisting of our studios, website and phones. We offer a wide range of products in numerous categories, including chairs, tables, workspace and outdoor furniture, lighting, floor coverings, beds and related accessories, bathroom fixtures,
fans and other home and office accessories. Our policy of having products in stock and ready to ship is a departure from the approach taken by many other modern design furnishings retailers, which we believe typically requires customers
to wait weeks or months to receive their products.

Our business operates on the premise that multiple, integrated sales channels improve
customer convenience, reinforce brand awareness, and enhance knowledge of our product, and our customers often use all of these channels in the course of making a purchase decision. While our studios are our primary sales vehicle, our website and
catalog are focused marketing vehicles and tools for building brand awareness and educating the customer about our products and designers. The furniture buying process can be a lengthy one, especially in the luxury segment that DWR occupies. This
often requires the customer to contact us multiple times before making a purchase. We believe the seamless connection among our studios, website and catalog help to facilitate this process. We believe the fact that many of our studio proprietors and
sales executives are educated in design and have design related experience provides a better customer experience and helps to drive sales.

We have experienced significant growth in customers and sales since our founding in 1998. We began selling products through the phone and online in the second half of 1999, and we opened our first studio in November 2000. We base our
decisions on where to open new studios by categorizing markets into tiers based on household population statistics and supporting sales data collected from our other sales channels. We opened the majority of our new studios in markets in
our top two tiers during fiscal year 2006. Although most of our studios have been open less than three full years, our experience indicates that studio openings significantly improve our overall market penetration rates in the markets in which they
are located. In addition, we have seen our online sales increase in markets where we have studios compared to markets where we do not have studios.



35



---

##### Table of Contents

In recent years, we have continued to increase sales as our studio base grows; studios have increased in number from one at the end of 2001 to 63 studios and
one outlet operating in 22 states and the District of Columbia as of December 30, 2006. During fiscal 2006, we opened seven studios and one outlet. We expect to open between three to four new studios in fiscal 2007, in major and smaller urban
markets.

All of our sales channels utilize a single common inventory held at our Hebron, Kentucky fulfillment center. Because we
dont offer a cash and carry option in our studios, we are able to more fully utilize selling space and avoid the operational issues that often arise with stock balancing and store replenishment. We currently source our products
primarily in the U.S. and Europe. In 2006, we purchased approximately 46% of our product inventories from manufacturers in foreign countries, 38% of our product inventory purchases were paid for in Euros. Although we put a hedging strategy in place
to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations during the fourth quarter of 2004, we have not been satisfied with the results of this strategy. The final hedge contract under this arrangement was settled in July 2006. We plan to increase our
efforts to develop products internally and include more exclusive items in our mix, and in doing so, we will strive to source products in other parts of the world including Latin America and Asia where product costs are expected to be lower.
However, we believe this will not begin to favorably impact our product margins until fiscal year 2008.

In May 2005, we converted our then
existing information technology systems to new, custom-built systems supporting our product sourcing, merchandise planning, forecasting, inventory management, product distribution and transportation and price management. These information technology
systems also are used to generate information for our financial reporting. We encountered problems with the conversion, due in large part to the absence of rigorous testing of the new systems prior to implementation. In particular, the new systems
do not contain mechanisms to automatically identify and correct or reject erroneous or incomplete data. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2005, we hired a consulting firm to assess the inadequacies of the system. As a result of that review
process, we plan to replace the existing system, as discussed below. Our existing system cost us approximately $5.1 million and the net book value was approximately $450,000 as of December 30, 2006. We accelerated depreciation of the system
during the third quarter of fiscal year 2005 such that the IMARC system will be fully depreciated when the new system is implemented. The impact of this change resulted in additional depreciation expense in fiscal year 2006 and 2005 of approximately
$1.0 million and $300,000, respectively. The impact of this change is anticipated to be an expense of approximately $140,000 in fiscal year 2007. These amounts will reduce net income or increase net losses.

During the first quarter of 2006, we undertook a process to clearly define and document the requirements for the new system. During the second quarter of
2006, we finalized the high-level specifications for the new system, selected a software vendor, hired a consulting firm to assist with implementation, and began the process of customizing, configuring, testing and installing the new system. We
currently expect to complete the installation of the new system in 2007.

On July 6, 2004, we completed our initial public offering of
4,715,000 shares of common stock at $12.00 per share. Of the shares offered, 3,000,000 were sold by us and 1,715,000 were sold by selling stockholders. We raised net proceeds of $31.8 million in our initial public offering, net of underwriting
discounts and offering expenses. On March 15, 2005, we completed a public offering of 2,070,000 shares of common stock at $15.80 per share. Of the shares offered, 100,000 were offered by us and 1,970,000 were offered by selling stockholders. We
raised net proceeds of $898,000 in this public offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The
preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that
we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are



36



---

##### Table of Contents

not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Our critical accounting
policies and estimates are set forth below.

We operate on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to
December 31. Each fiscal year consists of four 13-week quarters, with an extra week added onto the fourth quarter every five to six years. Our 2006 fiscal year ended on December 30, 2006, the 2005 fiscal year ended on December 31,
2005 and our 2004 fiscal year ended on January 1, 2005. Fiscal years 2006 and 2005 consisted of 52 weeks and fiscal year 2004 consisted of 53 weeks.

Revenue Recognition. The Company recognizes revenue on the date on which it estimates that the product has been received by the customer. The Company records as deferred revenue any sales made in the last week
of the reporting period for which it estimates delivery in the following period. The Company uses third-party freight carrier information to estimate standard delivery times to various locations throughout the United States. Sales are recorded net
of expected returns by customers. Significant management judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with determining net sales recognized in any accounting period. The Companys management must make estimates of potential
future product returns related to current period revenue. The Company analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of products when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and other
allowances in any accounting period. The returns allowance is recorded as a reduction to net sales for the estimated retail value of the projected product returns and as a reduction in cost of sales for the corresponding cost amount less any reserve
for estimated scrap. Reserve for estimated product returns were approximately $565,000 and $323,000 as of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

Inventory. Inventory consists primarily of finished goods purchased from third-party manufacturers and estimated inbound freight costs. Inventory on hand is carried at a computed average cost which approximates
a first-in first-out method and the lower of cost or market. We write down inventory for estimated damage equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market
conditions. If actual market conditions or demand for our products are less favorable than projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. Although our actual inventory write-downs historically have not differed materially
from estimated inventory write downs, in the future, actual inventory write downs may differ materially from our reserves. As a result, our operating results and financial condition could be affected adversely. As of December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005, inventory reserves amounted to approximately $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Inventory in
transit. We record inventory in transit based upon shipping terms, estimated lead times from our vendors to our freight forwarders as well as purchase order amounts. Actual amounts shipped could differ from our estimates due to transit times as
well as partial shipments due to shortages or backorders. Inventory-in-transit was $6.0 million as of December 30, 2006 and $5.6 million as of December 31, 2005.

Accrued freight. We estimate inbound and outbound freight costs based upon an analysis and review of our historical freight costs. These costs may
vary due to the actual weight and size of the product shipped as well as added fuel surcharges.

Stock-Based Compensation. In the
first quarter 2006, we adopted the modified prospective method for valuing stock options we grant in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or SFAS 123R. Under
SFAS 123R, we recognized $1.9 million of compensation expense related to stock options and employee stock purchases in fiscal 2006. Stock based compensation expense is classified in Selling, General and Administrative expenses. We calculate the
value of each employee stock option, estimated on the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes model. The following assumptions are used in the model: (1) a blended volatility rate using a combination of historical stock price and market-implied
volatility for traded and quoted options on the equities for the group of retail companies for which exchange traded options are observed, (2) a risk-free interest rate based upon the average daily closing rates during the quarter for U.S.



37



---

##### Table of Contents

treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the option, (3) a dividend yield based on historical and expected dividend
payouts, (4) an expected life of employee stock options based on the simplified method allowed by SAB 107 and (5) a forfeiture rate based on historical data. We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Prior to adopting SFAS 123R, we recorded deferred stock-based compensation charges in the amount by which the exercise prices of certain options were less than the fair value of
our common stock at the date of grant under the intrinsic value method of accounting as defined by the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Statement No. 25.

Accounting for Income Taxes. The Company will need to generate future taxable income of approximately $7.4 million, and $16.7 million to realize
federal and state net operating losses, respectively. The Company anticipates generating future taxable income by improving gross margin by utilizing reliable inventory costing information to better align sales prices with related products costs,
improving the management and monitoring of inventory returns, and elimination of less profitable product lines. Additionally, the Company anticipates better aligning operating costs with sales levels and reducing the large volume of consulting costs
incurred during fiscal 2005 and 2006 as a result of significant systems issues and employee turnover. We record an estimated valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that they will not be realized.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. While we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and
feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, in the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, we would record a valuation
allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company has provided a valuation allowance to the extent that its deferred tax assets are deemed not realizable.

Advertising Costs. Prepaid catalog costs consist of third-party costs, including paper, printing, postage, name acquisition and mailing costs, for
all of our direct response catalogs. Such costs are capitalized as prepaid catalog costs and are amortized over their expected period of future benefit. Such amortization is based upon the ratio of actual sales to the total of actual and estimated
future sales on an individual catalog basis. The period of expected future benefit is calculated based on our projections of when approximately 90% of sales generated by the catalog will be made. Based on data we have collected, we historically have
estimated that catalogs have a period of expected future benefit of two to four months. The period of expected future benefit of our catalogs could decrease if we were to publish new catalogs more frequently in each year, or could increase if we
published them less frequently. Prepaid catalog costs are evaluated for realizability at the end of each reporting period by comparing the carrying amount associated with each catalog to the estimated probable remaining future net benefit associated
with that catalog. If the carrying amount is in excess of the estimated probable remaining future net benefit of the catalog, the excess is expensed in the reporting period. We account for consideration received from our vendors for co-operative
advertising as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense. Co-operative advertising amounts received from such vendors were approximately $514,000, $673,000 and $489,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for
the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). Long-lived assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If such
review indicates that the carrying amount of long-lived assets is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. Management considers the following circumstances and events to assess the recoverability of carrying
amounts: 1) a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which long-lived assets are being used or in its physical condition, 2) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or
construction of a long-lived asset, 3) a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived
asset, and 4) a current expectation that, more likely than not, the long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of



38



---

##### Table of Contents

significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Decisions to close a studio or facility also can result in accelerated depreciation
over the revised useful life. When we close a location that is under a long-term lease, we record a charge for the fair value of the liability associated with that lease at the cease-use date. The fair value of such liability is calculated based on
the remaining lease rental payments due under the lease, reduced by estimated rental payments that could be reasonably obtained by us for subleasing the property to a third party. The estimate of future cash flows is based on our experience,
knowledge and typically third-party advice or market data. However, these estimates can be affected by factors such as future studio profitability, real estate demand and economic conditions that can be difficult to predict. If the undiscounted
future cash flows from the long-lived assets are less than the carrying value, a loss is recognized equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the assets.

Derivative and Hedging Activities. We record derivatives, particularly cash flow hedges for foreign currency, at fair value on our balance sheet,
including embedded derivatives. We account for foreign currency option contracts on a monthly basis by recognizing the net cash settlement gain or loss on the call or put option in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and adjusting the
carrying amount of the contract to market by recognizing any corresponding gain or loss in cost of goods sold as the underlying inventory which was hedged is sold in each reporting period. Our derivative positions were used only to manage identified
exposures. Management evaluates our hedges for effectiveness at the time they are designated as well as throughout the hedge period. With respect to any derivative that is deemed ineffective, the ineffective portion is reported through earnings.
Management evaluates the ineffectiveness of outstanding contracts when it is probable that the original forecasted transaction will change. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive
income (loss) and is recognized in cost of sales when the underlying inventory is sold. We recorded approximately $69,000 and $236,000 for ineffectiveness in 2006 and 2005, respectively. There were no amounts recorded for ineffectiveness in 2004.

Results of Operations

Net Sales and
Other Data. The following table sets forth information for fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004 about our net sales by sales channel, total net sales, gross margin, operating expenses, earnings (loss) from operations, other income (expense), net, income
tax expense (benefit) and net earnings (loss) both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales.



|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|-------------------------------------------- |  | --------------- | ------- | - | ------------- | ----- | -- | --------------- | - | ------- | ------------- |  | ----- | --------------- |  | ------------- | ------- |  | ----- | -
|                                             |  | Fiscal Year2006 |         |   | % of NetSales |       |    | Fiscal Year2005 |   |         | % of NetSales |  |       | Fiscal Year2004 |  | % of NetSales |        
|                                             |  | (in thousands)  |        
|Net sales:                                   |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|Studio sales                                 |  | $               | 109,621 |   |               | 61.5  | %  |                 | $ | 88,240  |               |  | 55.8  | %               |  | $             | 52,860  |  | 43.8  | %
|Online sales                                 |  |                 | 30,004  |   |               | 16.8  | %  |                 |   | 29,215  |               |  | 18.5  | %               |  |               | 25,137  |  | 20.8  | %
|Phone sales                                  |  |                 | 19,441  |   |               | 10.9  | %  |                 |   | 22,324  |               |  | 14.1  | %               |  |               | 25,466  |  | 21.1  | %
|Other sales                                  |  |                 | 3,474   |   |               | 2.0   | %  |                 |   | 1,763   |               |  | 1.1   | %               |  |               | 4,967   |  | 4.1   | %
|Shipping and handling fees                   |  |                 | 15,602  |   |               | 8.8   | %  |                 |   | 16,694  |               |  | 10.6  | %               |  |               | 12,168  |  | 10.1  | %
|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|Total net sales                              |  | $               | 178,142 |   |               | 100.0 | %  |                 | $ | 158,236 |               |  | 100.0 | %               |  | $             | 120,598 |  | 100.0 | %
|Cost of sales                                |  |                 | 103,681 |   |               | 58.2  | %  |                 |   | 90,400  |               |  | 57.1  | %               |  |               | 65,077  |  | 54.0  | %
|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|Gross margin                                 |  |                 | 74,461  |   |               | 41.8  | %  |                 |   | 67,836  |               |  | 42.9  | %               |  |               | 55,521  |  | 46.0  | %
|Selling, general and administrative expenses |  |                 | 87,555  |   |               | 49.1  | %  |                 |   | 71,422  |               |  | 45.1  | %               |  |               | 49,507  |  | 41.1  | %
|Facility relocation costs                    |  |                 |        |   |               | 0.0   | %  |                 |   |        |               |  | 0.0   | %               |  |               | 198     |  | 0.2   | %
|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|Earnings (loss) from operations              |  |                 | (13,094 | ) |               | (7.4  | )% |                 |   | (3,586  | )             |  | (2.3  | )%              |  |               | 5,816   |  | 4.8   | %
|Other income (expense), net                  |  |                 | 212     |   |               | 0.1   | %  |                 |   | 568     |               |  | 0.4   | %               |  |               | 242     |  | 0.2   | %
|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|Earnings (loss) before income taxes          |  |                 | (12,882 | ) |               | (7.2  | )% |                 |   | (3,018  | )             |  | (1.9  | )%              |  |               | 6,058   |  | 5.0   | %
|Income tax expense (benefit)                 |  |                 | (4,593  | ) |               | (2.6  | )% |                 |   | (949    | )             |  | (0.6  | )%              |  |               | 2,314   |  | 1.9   | %
|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  
|Net earnings (loss)                          |  | $               | (8,289  | ) |               | (4.7  | )% |                 | $ | (2,069  | )             |  | (1.3  | )%              |  | $             | 3,744   |  | 3.1   | %
|                                             |  |                 |         |   |               |       |    |                 |   |         |               |  |       |                 |  |               |         |  |       |  



39



---

##### Table of Contents

The following table provides information for fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004 about the number of studios
open at the end of each fiscal period, the number of catalogs circulated during each fiscal period, the number of online sessions during each fiscal period and the average order value during each fiscal period.



|                                                           |  |                 |           |                 |   |                 |  |   |           
|---------------------------------------------------------- |  | --------------- | --------- | --------------- | - | --------------- |  | - | ----------
|                                                           |  | Fiscal Year2006 |           | Fiscal Year2005 |   | Fiscal Year2004
|Number of studios and outlets open at end of fiscal period |  |                 | 64        |                 |   | 56              |  |   | 33        
|Number of catalogs circulated                              |  |                 | 5,970,000 |                 |   | 11,971,008      |  |   | 11,381,621
|Number of online sessions                                  |  |                 | 5,751,234 |                 |   | 4,484,306       |  |   | 3,432,853 
|Average order value                                        |  | $               | 1,223     |                 | $ | 1,071           |  | $ | 1,014     

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2006 to Fiscal Year 2005

Net Sales. Net sales consist of studio sales, online sales, phone sales, other sales and shipping and handling fees, net of actual and estimated
returns by customers. Studio sales consist of sales of merchandise to customers at our studios, online sales consist of sales of merchandise from orders placed through our website, phone sales consist of sales of merchandise through the toll-free
numbers associated with our printed catalogs, and other sales consist of warehouse sales, outlet sales and sales made by our business development executives to commercial customers. Warehouse sales consist of periodic clearance sales at our
fulfillment center of product samples and products that customers have returned. Outlet sales consist of sales at our outlet of product samples, returned product from our customers and to a lesser degree full price product. Shipping and handling
fees consist of amounts we charge customers for the delivery of merchandise.

Net sales increased $19.9 million, or 12.6 %, to $178.1
million in fiscal year 2006, compared to $158.2 million in the fiscal year 2005. The increase in net sales is primarily related to the $21.4 million increase in studio sales as well as, the $ 1.7 million increase in other sales. The increase in
studio sales is primarily attributable to the incremental sales of approximately $12.7 million generated from twenty-three studios opened in fiscal year 2005 which operated less than twelve months in fiscal year 2005 and approximately $6.5 million
in sales generated from seven studios opened during fiscal year 2006. Other sales increased $1.7 million, or 97.1%, compared to the same period last year. This increase in other sales is primarily related to sales generated from three warehouse
sales held during fiscal year 2006 and sales from our outlet which opened at the end of the second quarter of 2006. Online sales increased $0.8 million or 2.7% and phone sales decreased $2.9 million, or 12.9 %, in fiscal year 2006 compared to
fiscal year 2005. We believe the increase in online sales is due in part to increased online marketing initiatives including search optimization and more strategic use of e-mail databases which increased the number of hits on our web site by 28.2%.
We had 63 studios and one outlet open at the end of fiscal year 2006 compared to 56 studios open at the end of fiscal year 2005. Shipping and handling fees received from customers for delivery of merchandise decreased $1.1 million, or 6.5%, to $15.6
million in fiscal year 2006, compared to $16.7 million in fiscal year 2005, primarily due to the free shipping events in the second and third quarter of fiscal year 2006.

We expect net sales to continue to increase in fiscal year 2007, as we open additional studios. We also plan to offer fewer promotions in an effort to improve gross margins, but this approach might harm our net sales
and might not result in an increase in gross profit or operating income.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased $13.3 million,
or 14.7%, to $103.7 million in fiscal year 2006 from $90.4 million in fiscal year 2005. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales increased to 58.2% in fiscal year 2006 from 57.1% in fiscal year 2005. This increase in cost of sales as a percentage
of net sales is due primarily to the higher costs associated with shipping product from our distribution center as well as a reduction in shipping revenue related to the free shipping promotions in the second and third quarter of fiscal year 2006.
Product-related cost of goods sold, as a percentage of net sales (less shipping and handling fees), remained relatively unchanged for fiscal year 2006 at 46.2% compared to 46.3% for fiscal year 2005. We believe that product-related cost of goods
sold, as a percentage of net sales (less shipping and handling fees) is a useful financial measure as it removes the impact of profitability from shipping revenues. We believe shipping operations do not reflect the core operations of DWRs
business and do not represent a profit center.



40



---

##### Table of Contents

Under our hedging strategy adopted in the fourth quarter of 2004, and which was in place during fiscal
years 2006 and 2005, we purchased foreign currency option contracts with maturities of 12 months or less to hedge our currency risk on anticipated purchases of merchandise based on our forecasted demand. We account for hedging contracts on a monthly
basis by recognizing the net cash settlement gain or loss on the call or put option in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and adjusting the carrying amount of the contract to market by recognizing any corresponding gain or loss in cost of
goods sold as the underlying inventory which was hedged is sold in each reporting period. However, when derivative positions exceed identified exposures, such contracts are considered ineffective and reported through earnings (loss). As
a result we recorded approximately $69,000 in for ineffectiveness during fiscal year 2006. Although we have a hedging strategy in 2007, we will not be able to eliminate all fluctuations in our cost of goods caused by changes in currency exchange
rates. We are also working to diversify our mix of suppliers to reduce our dependence on Euro-denominated purchases.

Selling, General
and Administrative Expenses. (SG&A). Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of studio costs, including salaries and studio occupancy costs, costs associated with publishing our catalogs and maintaining our website,
and corporate and fulfillment center costs, including salaries and occupancy costs, among others.



|                                    |  |                 |      |               |      |   |                 |   |               |  |      |        |  |   |         |   |  |       |   
|----------------------------------- |  | --------------- | ---- | ------------- | ---- | - | --------------- | - | ------------- |  | ---- | ------ |  | - | ------- | - |  | ----- | --
|                                    |  | Fiscal Year2006 |      | % of NetSales |      |   | Fiscal Year2005 |   | % of NetSales |  |      | Change |  |   | %Change |  
|                                    |  | (in millions)   |     
|Salaries and benefits               |  | $               | 34.4 |               | 19.3 | % |                 | $ | 26.1          |  | 16.5 | %      |  | $ | 8.3     |   |  | 31.8  | % 
|Occupancy and related expense       |  |                 | 26.1 |               | 14.7 | % |                 |   | 20.1          |  | 12.7 | %      |  |   | 6.0     |   |  | 29.9  | % 
|Catalog, advertising and promotion  |  |                 | 10.6 |               | 6.0  | % |                 |   | 12.7          |  | 8.0  | %      |  |   | (2.1    | ) |  | (16.5 | )%
|Other expenses                      |  |                 | 10.6 |               | 6.0  | % |                 |   | 9.5           |  | 6.0  | %      |  |   | 1.1     |   |  | 11.6  | % 
|Professionallegal, consulting, SOX |  |                 | 5.9  |               | 3.3  | % |                 |   | 3.0           |  | 1.9  | %      |  |   | 2.9     |   |  | 96.7  | % 
|                                    |  |                 |      |               |      |   |                 |   |               |  |      |        |  |   |         |   |  |       |   
|Total SG&A                          |  | $               | 87.6 |               | 49.2 | % |                 | $ | 71.4          |  | 45.1 | %      |  | $ | 16.2    |   |  | 22.7  | % 

SG&A expenses increased $16.2 million or 22.7% to $87.6 million in fiscal year 2006 from $71.4
million in fiscal 2005. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses increased to 49.2% in fiscal 2006 from 45.1% in fiscal 2005. These increases are primarily due to the following:



| |  |  | Salaries and benefits increased $8.3 million, or 31.8%, to $34.4 million in fiscal 2006 from $26.1 million in fiscal 2005. This increase is partly due to the
incremental salary and benefits of $3.0 million related to the twenty-three studios opened in fiscal year 2005 which operated less than twelve months in fiscal year 2005 and the seven studios and one outlet opened during fiscal 2006, an increase in
temporary help and subcontractors of approximately $1.0 million, stock-based compensation and severance costs of approximately $ 1.7 million, and $0.6 million in commissions related to the increase in net sales. The increase in temporary help
as well as subcontractor costs relates in part to temporary staffing for open positions in the Company not filled as well as additional temporary help needed to complete special projects. We expect that these costs will be reduced in 2007 but will
be offset in part by full time employees. In conjunction with the adoption of SFAS 123R, we recorded compensation expense in fiscal year 2006 of approximately $1.9 million related to stock options and employee stock purchases. In fiscal year 2005,
we recorded approximately $1.0 million in amortized deferred stock based compensation in accordance with APB 25.
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Occupancy and related expense increased $6.0 million or 29.9% to $26.1 million in fiscal year 2006 from $20.1 million in fiscal year 2005. This increase is
primarily due to the incremental occupancy costs of approximately $3.4 million associated with the twenty-three studios opened in fiscal year 2005 which operated less than twelve months in fiscal year 2005 and the seven studios and one outlet opened
during fiscal 2006 and the increase in depreciation of long-lived assets. Depreciation expense increased to approximately $8.9 million in fiscal year 2006, from approximately $6.6 million in fiscal year 2005. Included in the increase in depreciation
expense is approximately $1.0 million in additional depreciation expense related to our information technology systems due to our decision in the fourth quarter 2005 to shorten the expected life of the systems, which we plan to replace in fiscal
2007.
| | - |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



41



---

##### Table of Contents

| | Additionally, depreciation expense increased as a result of increases in spending on capital assets associated with the new studios and one outlet opened of
approximately $346,000.
| | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Catalog, advertising and promotions expenses decreased approximately $2.1 million or 16.5% to $10.6 million in fiscal year 2006 from $12.7 million in fiscal year
2005. This decrease is primarily due to the decrease in catalog expenses of approximately $3.4 million partially offset by an increase in advertising. During the third quarter 2006 we reduced our catalog distribution and began testing select media
advertising. In fiscal year 2007 we plan to reduce catalog distribution by approximately 50% compared to fiscal 2006 and to increase media advertising.
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Professional fees increased approximately $2.9 million primarily due to increases in auditing and accounting fees and professional fees related to Sarbanes-Oxley
(SOX) compliance and costs as well as incremental accounting fees associated with the quarterly review by our independent public accountants for the second quarter of fiscal year 2006. Our independent auditors spent additional time
reviewing our reconciliation of the accrued inventory sub-ledger and the general ledger for our second quarter 2006. As initially disclosed in our August 18, 2006 press release, we were previously unable to complete the reconciliation of a
difference between the accrued inventory sub-ledger and the general ledger necessary to provide for a timely filing of the second Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. The difference between the general ledger and the sub-ledger arose in connection with
the implementation of our IMARC inventory and sales system in May 2005 and inadequate training of finance personnel with respect to changes in procedures necessitated by the change in systems. No material adjustment was recorded to our financial
statements as a result of this reconciliation.
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase in
future period with studio expansion and growth. Additionally, we anticipate information system expenses to increase in the future as non-capitalizable costs related to the implementation of a new computer system increase.

Other Income (Expense). Interest income decreased to $307,000 in fiscal 2006 from $391,000 in fiscal 2005. Our interest income in fiscal years
2006 and 2005 was generated by interest received on our cash equivalents and investments. In 2006 our investment bearing balances decreased primarily to fund our capital expenditures.

Interest expense increased to approximately $252,000 in fiscal 2006 from $39,000 in fiscal 2005, primarily due to a higher amount of short-term
borrowings under our bank credit facility for working capital purposes and for capital expenditures.

Other income decreased to $157,000 in
fiscal 2006 from $216,000 in fiscal 2005. In fiscal 2006 other income consisted primarily of list rental income of approximately $216,000 partially offset by other expenses principally the loss recorded due to the ineffectiveness on our hedging
program. In 2005 other income consisted primarily of $284,000 received from an early termination of a warehouse lease arrangement at the option of the landlord and $166,000 in list rental income which were partially offset by a loss of $236,000 due
to the our ineffectiveness on our hedging program.

Income Taxes. In fiscal 2006 we recorded an income tax benefit of $4.6 million
compared to $949,000 in fiscal 2005. The increase in income tax benefit in fiscal 2006 is primarily related to the increase in net loss before tax benefit in fiscal 2006 as compared with fiscal 2005. We have net operating loss carry-forwards of
approximately $7.4 million and $16.4 million at December 30, 2006 for federal and state income taxes, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards will expire between fiscal years 2016 and 2027. The effective tax rate for 2006 was 35.7%
which varies from the 34.0% statutory rate primarily due to the effects of state income taxes, stock based compensation and tax exempt income.

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2005 to Fiscal Year 2004

Net Sales. During fiscal year 2005, net sales increased $37.6
million, or 31.2%, to $158.2 million from $120.6 million in fiscal year 2004. Approximately $35.4 million of this increase was due to increased studio



42



---

##### Table of Contents

sales, which resulted primarily from opening 23 new studios during fiscal year 2005 and the results of a full year of operations from the 18 new studios
opened during fiscal year 2004, as well as increased demand for our products in all categories, particularly upholstery and sitting and dining items. Online sales increased 16.2% in fiscal year 2005 compared to fiscal year 2004 primarily due to
increased online marketing initiatives including search optimization and more strategic use of email databases which increased the number of hits on our website by 30.6%. Phone sales decreased by 12.3% as more customers moved to the web and our
studios. In fiscal year 2005, we conducted several promotional events, including our 10% off sale, Founders Letter, and Best Customer mailing which contributed to our sales growth, but increased our sales discount rate to 6% for fiscal year
2005 compared to 5% for fiscal year 2004. This resulted in an approximate 110 basis point impact on gross margin. Shipping and handling fees received from customers for delivery of merchandise increased due to an increase in sales volumes. Average
order value increased 5.6% to $1,071 in fiscal year 2005 from $1,014 in fiscal year 2004. The increase in average order value resulted primarily from the increase in studio sales, as we achieve a higher-average-order value. In addition, our customer
base has grown approximately 24% in fiscal year 2005 compared to fiscal year 2004.

Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased $25.3
million, or 38.9%, to $90.4 million in fiscal year 2005 from $65.1 million in fiscal year 2004. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales increased to 57.1% in fiscal year 2005 from 54.0% in fiscal year 2004. The increase in cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales in fiscal year 2005 compared to fiscal year 2004 was primarily a result of changes in the Euro spot rate from 2004 to 2005, losses from Euro hedging contracts entered into in late 2004 and operational issues related to
product returns. In fiscal year 2005, we generated all of our net sales in U.S. dollars, but we purchased approximately 44% of our product inventories from manufacturers in Europe and paid for approximately 38% of these products in Euros. During
fiscal year 2004, the value of the U.S. dollar decreased approximately 8% relative to the Euro, which had an adverse effect on our cost of goods and gross margins. In fiscal year 2005, the value of the dollar increased approximately 10% relative to
the Euro. However, we did not benefit significantly from this strengthening of the dollar because we made most of our fiscal year 2005 inventory purchases in the first part of the year, when the dollar was still weak relative to the Euro, and
because we purchased the hedging contracts at a time when the dollar was relatively weak. In fiscal year 2005, our actual demand was less than our forecasted demand, and the amount of Euros we hedged was greater than the amount we needed for
purchases of inventory. As a result, we recorded approximately $236,000 for ineffectiveness during fiscal year 2005.



|                                    |  |                 |      |               |      |   |                 |   |               |  |      |          |  |          |      |  |       |  
|----------------------------------- |  | --------------- | ---- | ------------- | ---- | - | --------------- | - | ------------- |  | ---- | -------- |  | -------- | ---- |  | ----- | -
|                                    |  | Fiscal Year2005 |      | % of NetSales |      |   | Fiscal Year2004 |   | % of NetSales |  |      | $ Change |  | % Change |     
|                                    |  | (in millions)   |     
|Salaries and benefits               |  | $               | 26.1 |               | 16.5 | % |                 | $ | 18.8          |  | 15.6 | %        |  | $        | 7.3  |  | 38.8  | %
|Occupancy and related expense       |  |                 | 20.1 |               | 12.7 | % |                 |   | 11.0          |  | 9.1  | %        |  |          | 9.1  |  | 82.7  | %
|Catalog, advertising and promotion  |  |                 | 12.7 |               | 8.0  | % |                 |   | 11.2          |  | 9.3  | %        |  |          | 1.5  |  | 13.4  | %
|Other expenses                      |  |                 | 9.5  |               | 6.0  | % |                 |   | 7.8           |  | 6.5  | %        |  |          | 1.7  |  | 21.8  | %
|Professionallegal, consulting, SOX |  |                 | 3.0  |               | 1.9  | % |                 |   | 0.7           |  | 0.6  | %        |  |          | 2.3  |  | 328.6 | %
|                                    |  |                 |      |               |      |   |                 |   |               |  |      |          |  |          |      |  |       |  
|Total SG&A                          |  | $               | 71.4 |               | 45.1 | % |                 | $ | 49.5          |  | 41.0 | %        |  | $        | 21.9 |  | 44.2  | %

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses
increased $21.9 million in fiscal year 2005, or 44.2% compared to fiscal year 2004. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 45.1% in fiscal year 2005 from 41.0% in fiscal year 2004. The increase has
been primarily attributable to increased headcount and occupancy expenses associated with a full year of 18 studios opened in fiscal year 2004 and 23 new studios opened in fiscal year 2005. Headcount increased due to both the studio growth as well
as additions to corporate staff to support the company growth. Catalog and marketing increased as we distributed approximately 12.0 million catalogs in fiscal year 2005 compared to 11.4 million catalogs in fiscal year 2004. Other expenses
increased due to merchant fees as a direct result of sales volume growth, bad debt expense and other corporate expenses as a result of the growth in the business. The increase in professional and outside service costs was due to SOX compliance
related fees as well as incremental audit costs incurred due to a full year of being a public company.



43



---

##### Table of Contents

Facility Relocation Costs. In fiscal year 2005, we had no facility relocation costs. In fiscal
year 2004, we incurred $198,000 in costs associated with the relocation of our fulfillment operations from Union City, California to Hebron, Kentucky and our corporate headquarters from Oakland, California to San Francisco, California.

Other Income (Expense). Interest income was $391,000 and $178,000 in fiscal years 2005 and 2004, respectively. Our interest income in fiscal
years 2005 and 2004 was generated by interest received on our cash equivalents and investments. In fiscal year 2005, we carried higher investment bearing balances, due to the proceeds from our initial public offering in fiscal year 2004. We incurred
$39,000 and $97,000 of interest expense in fiscal year 2005 and fiscal year 2004, respectively, related to capital leases and short-term borrowings under our bank credit facility for working capital purposes. The majority of the decrease is related
to the reduction of the principal capital lease obligation. In fiscal year 2005, we recorded approximately $216,000 in other income (expense) related to $284,000 proceeds received from an early termination of a warehouse lease arrangement at the
option of the landlord, $236,000 recorded as ineffectiveness in our hedging program and $166,000 of list rental income.

Income
Taxes. In fiscal year 2005, we recorded an income tax benefit of $949,000 compared to a net income tax expense of $2.3 million in 2004. In fiscal year 2005, our tax benefit was primarily attributable to the net loss for fiscal year 2005. The
effective tax rate for fiscal year 2005 was 31.4%, which varies from the 34.0% statutory tax rate primarily due to the effect of permanent book-to-tax differences, which include stock-based compensation, compensation expense related to the
acceleration of stock options, state income taxes, and tax exempt income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash, cash equivalents and investments: Cash, cash equivalents and investments consist of cash, auction rate securities and municipal bonds.
As of December 30, 2006, we had $6.8 million of cash and cash equivalents and held no investments. As of December 31, 2005 we had cash, cash equivalents and investments of approximately $13.1 million. Working capital was $20.5 million and
$25.0 million as of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

Cash Flows

Net cash provided by (used in):



|                     |  |                   |       |                  |   |        |                |  |   |         |  
|-------------------- |  | ----------------- | ----- | ---------------- | - | ------ | -------------- |  | - | ------- | -
|                     |  | Fiscal year ended |      
|                     |  | December 30,2006  |       | December 31,2005 |   |        | January 1,2005 | 
|                     |  | (in thousands)    |      
|Operating activities |  | $                 | 509   |                  | $ | (1,682 | )              |  | $ | 8,146   |  
|Investing activities |  |                   | 1,541 |                  |   | 1,588  |                |  |   | (38,447 | )
|Financing activities |  |                   | 1,317 |                  |   | 2,447  |                |  |   | 31,332  |  

Net cash provided by operating activities was $509,000 in fiscal year 2006 compared to cash used
in operating activities of $1.7 million in fiscal year 2005. The net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2006 was primarily the result of the net loss of $8.3 million adjusted for the non-cash items of depreciation and amortization
of $8.9 million and stock-based compensation expense of $1.9 million, an increase in accrued expenses of $0.7 million and a decrease in other assets of $1.5 million offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $0.4 million and an increase in
inventory of $2.6 million. The majority of the increase in net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2006 compared to the net cash used in operating activities in fiscal year 2005 results from the smaller increase in inventory in
fiscal year 2006. In fiscal year 2006 inventory increased $2.6 million as compared with an increase of $10.9 million in inventory in fiscal year 2005. In fiscal year 2005 inventory levels increased to support additional sales as well as the 23 new
studios opened during the year.



44



---

##### Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities in fiscal year 2005 was $1.7 million compared with net cash
provided by operating activities of $8.1 million in fiscal year 2004. This decrease in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2005 compared to fiscal year 2004 is primarily because of expenditures associated with opening 23 new
studios, a net loss of $2.1 million in fiscal year 2005 compared to net earnings of $3.7 million in fiscal year 2004, depreciation expense of $6.6 million and $3.3 million in fiscal years 2005 and 2004, respectively and $10.9 million of increased
inventory levels in fiscal year 2005 to support additional sales as well as the 23 new studios opened in fiscal year 2005. The Company expects to generate operating cash flows in 2007 in part as a result of its planned increase in net sales and
gross margin.

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities for fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004 was primarily related to purchases
of property and equipment for our studios and the implementation of new information technology systems. Purchases of property and equipment, net, totaled $8.1 million, $14.3 million and $12.9 million in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. In fiscal year 2006 we opened seven studios and one outlet and in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 we opened 23 studios and 18 studios, respectively. We also had net cash provided from the sales of investments of $9.7 million and $15.9
million in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively and net cash used in investments of $25.6 million in fiscal year 2004.

In fiscal year
2007, we anticipate that our investment in property and equipment will be between approximately $8.0 million and $9.0 million which primarily is related to our plan to implement a new ERP system, enhance our website, open three to four new studios
and remodel selected existing studios. We plan to finance these investments in fiscal year 2007 from our existing cash balances, our anticipated cash flows from operations and our bank credit facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal year 2006 was primarily comprised of $1.1 million from financing our new technology system and
$385,000 in issuance of common stock pursuant to our employee stock option plan and to a lesser extent the employee stock purchase plan. Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal 2005 was comprised of $1.7 million in issuance of common
stock pursuant to our employee stock option plan and to a lesser extent the employee stock purchase plan. On March 15, 2005, we completed a public offering of 2,070,000 shares of common stock at $15.80 per share. Of the shares offered, 100,000
were offered by us and 1,970,000 were offered by selling stockholders. We raised net proceeds of $898,000 in our second public offering, net of underwriting discounts and offering expenses. Net cash provided by financing activities in fiscal year
2004 was comprised primarily of $31.8 million due to our initial public offering on July 6, 2004 of 4,715,000 shares of common stock at $12.00 per share. Of these shares 3,000,000 were sold by us and 1,715,000 were sold by selling stockholders.
We also had $1.4 million proceeds from warrant exercises and $2.0 million in a repayment on our bank credit facility.

Commitments

We entered into a secured revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N. A. as amended on December 23, 2005. This
Agreement was further amended on July 17, 2006 (Amended Credit Agreement). The Amended Credit Agreement provided for an overall credit line up to a maximum of $10.0 million (including a sub-limit of $5.0 million for letters of
credit) with a maturity date of November 30, 2007.

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement were based upon a percentage of
eligible inventory and accounts receivable and were secured by our inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, general intangibles and other rights to payments. The agreement prohibited the payment or declaration of any dividends or the redemption or
repurchase of any shares of any class of our stock. The Amended Credit Agreement contained various restrictive and financial covenants including an $8.0 million limit on capital expenditures in any fiscal year and financial covenants related to net
worth and net income. Interest on outstanding borrowings in the Amended Credit Agreement was calculated at the lenders floating prime rate plus 0.25%. Interest was payable on the last day of each month.



45



---

##### Table of Contents

We were not in compliance with the financial covenants in the Amended Credit Agreement including limits
on capital expenditures of $8.0 million in any fiscal year, and covenants tied to net income.

As of December 30, 2006 we had no
borrowings outstanding under the credit facility and $1.3 million of stand-by letters of credit outstanding under the credit facility.

On
February 2, 2007, we entered into a Loan, Guaranty and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC (the Loan Agreement) which replaced the previous loan with Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. The Loan Agreement expires
on February 2, 2012 and provides for an initial overall credit line up to $20.0 million which may be increased to $25.0 million at our option, provided we are not in default on the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement consists of a revolving
credit line and letters of credit up to $5.0 million. The amount we may borrow at any time under the Loan Agreement is based upon a percentage of eligible inventory and accounts receivable less certain reserves. Borrowings are secured by the right,
title and interest to all of our personal property, including equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, intellectual property and inventory. The Loan Agreement contains various restrictive covenants, including minimum availability, which is the
amount we may borrow under the Loan Agreement, less certain outstanding obligations, plus certain cash and cash equivalents, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on subordinated indebtedness and limitations on the amount of capital expenditures
we may incur in any fiscal year. There were no borrowings outstanding as of December 30, 2006.

Interest on borrowings will be either
at Wells Fargos prime rate, or LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.75% based upon average availability. In the event of default, the Companys interest rates are increased by approximately two percentage points. On February 2, 2007 the Company had
outstanding approximately $1.3 million in letters of credit under its previous line of credit with Wells Fargo HSBC. These letters of credit were transferred to the Companys new facility and no others borrowings were outstanding with Wells
Fargo HSBC on February 2, 2007.

We have various other notes payable, which consist primarily of unsecured equipment financing loans.
In June 2006 the Company financed a portion of its new ERP project with a three year promissory note in the amount of approximately $1.0 million with an interest rate of approximately 2.0%. In accordance with Accounting Principals Board Opinion
No. 21 Interest on Receivables and Payables (APB 21) the Company discounted this note to its fair value. The discounted portion of approximately $58,000 will be amortized as interest expense over the life of the note using
the effective interest method. As of December 30, 2006, outstanding borrowings under these notes were $1.1 million with interest rates ranging from 2% to 6.75%. These notes mature in 2009. Future maturities of notes payable are as follows:
2007$0.5 million, 2008$0.4 million and 2009$0.2 million.

Contractual Obligations

The following table details the Companys contractual obligations as of December 30, 2006 (in thousands):



|                                         |  |                       |         |                 |   |           |  |           |        |                  |   |        |  |   |       
|---------------------------------------- |  | --------------------- | ------- | --------------- | - | --------- |  | --------- | ------ | ---------------- | - | ------ |  | - | ------
|                                         |  | Payment due by period
|                                         |  | Total                 |         | Less than1 year |   | 1-3 years |  | 3-5 years |        | More than5 years
|                                         |  | (in thousands)       
|Operating lease obligations (1)          |  | $                     | 90,204  |                 | $ | 13,368    |  | $         | 25,602 |                  | $ | 19,466 |  | $ | 31,768
|Long-term debt obligations               |  |                       | 1,100   |                 |   | 500       |  |           | 600    |                  |   |        |  |   |       
|Documentry and standby letters of credit |  |                       | 1,289   |                 |   | 1,289     |  |           |        |                  |   |        |  |   |       
|Purchase obligations (2)                 |  |                       | 29,745  |                 |   | 29,745    |  |           |       |                  |   |       |  |   |      
|                                         |  |                       |         |                 |   |           |  |           |        |                  |   |        |  |   |       
|Total                                    |  | $                     | 122,338 |                 | $ | 44,902    |  | $         | 26,202 |                  | $ | 19,466 |  | $ | 31,768
|                                         |  |                       |         |                 |   |           |  |           |        |                  |   |        |  |   |       

---

|(1) | Operating lease obligations consist of office, studio and fulfillment center lease obligations.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Purchase obligations relate to commitments for inventory.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------



46



---

##### Table of Contents

We plan to finance our planned investments in property and equipment in fiscal year 2007 from our
existing cash and cash equivalent balances and from our anticipated cash flows from operations. We believe that our sources of cash will be sufficient to fund our operations and anticipated capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months.
Our ability to fund these requirements will depend on our future operations, performance and cash flow and is subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We cannot assure
you that additional funds from available sources will be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through December 30, 2006, we did not have any relationships with entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as
structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities
involving non-exchange traded contracts. As such, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in these relationships. We do not have relationships or transactions with persons
or entities that derive benefits from their non-independent relationship with us or our related parties.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxesan interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2006. We completed our assessment of FIN 48 and determined that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a material impact on our results of operations.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instrumentsan amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140. SFAS 155 permits fair value
measurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. This statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entitys
fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. We believe adoption of SFAS 155 will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement 157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157). This statement clarifies the definition of fair value; the methods used to measure fair value, and require expanded financial
statement disclosures about fair value measurements for assets and liabilities. FAS157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently assessing the impact on our financial
statements.

In September 2006, the SECs Office of the Chief Accountant and Divisions of Corporation Finance and Investment
Management released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (SAB 108), which provides interpretive guidance on how registrants should quantify financial-statement misstatements. Currently, the two methods most commonly used by preparers and
auditors to quantify misstatements are the rollover method (which focuses primarily on the income statement impact of misstatements) and the iron curtain method (which focuses primarily on the balance sheet impact of
misstatements). Under SAB 108, registrants will be required to consider both the rollover and iron curtain methods (i.e., a dual approach) when evaluating the materiality of financial statement errors. Registrants will need to revisit their
prior materiality assessments and consider them using both the rollover and iron curtain methods. SAB 108 is effective for annual financial statements in the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The SAB provides transition
accounting and disclosure guidance for situations in which a registrant concludes that a material error(s) existed in prior-period financial statements under the dual



47



---

##### Table of Contents

approach. Specifically, registrants will be permitted to restate prior period financial statements or recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying
SAB 108 through an adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the year of adoption. Adoption of SAB108 did not have a material impact on our annual financial statements.

In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensuses reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) in Issue No. 06-3, How Taxes
Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross Versus Net Presentation). EITF 06-3 requires disclosure of an entitys accounting policy regarding the
presentation of taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer including sales, use, value added and some excise taxes. We present such taxes on a net basis
(excluded from net sales). We believe adoption of EITF 06-3, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006, will not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
LiabilitiesIncluding an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in SFAS
No. 159 are elective; however, the amendment to SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by
SFAS No. 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings (or
another performance indicator if the business entity does not report earnings) at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted
for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. SFAS No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entitys
first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. Management is currently evaluating the effect that adoption of this statement will have on our financial position and results of operations.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Net Investment Risk

In fiscal year 2006, we generated all of our net sales in U.S. dollars, but we purchased approximately 46% of our product inventories
from manufacturers in Europe and paid for approximately 38% of these products in Euros. Increases and decreases in the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro result in fluctuations in the cost to us of merchandise sourced from Europe. As a result of such
currency fluctuations, we have experienced and may continue to experience fluctuations in our operating results on an annual and a quarterly basis going forward. Specifically, as the value of the U.S. dollar declines relative to the Euro, our
effective cost of supplies of product increases. As a result, declines in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Euro and other foreign currencies would increase our cost of goods sold and decrease our gross margin.

In fiscal year 2006, the value of the dollar increased approximately 12% relative to the Euro. However, we did not benefit significantly from this
strengthening of the dollar because we made most of our fiscal year 2006 inventory purchases in the first part of the year when the dollar was still weak relative to the Euro and because of the hedging contracts we purchased at a time when the
dollar was relatively weak. During the second part of the year, we ceased purchasing hedging contracts and conducted our currency transactions on the spot market. During 2007, we have begun purchasing foreign currency forward contracts with
maturities of 12 months or less to hedge our foreign currency risk on anticipated purchases of merchandise based on purchase orders outstanding. In fiscal 2006 we accounted for hedging contracts on a monthly basis by recognizing the net cash
settlement gain or loss on the call or put option in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and adjusting the carrying amount of the contract to market by recognizing any corresponding gain or loss in cost of goods sold as the underlying
inventory which was hedged was sold in each reporting period. However, when derivative



48



---

##### Table of Contents

positions exceed identified exposures, such contracts are considered ineffective and reported through earnings (loss). In fiscal year 2006, our
actual demand was less than our forecasted demand, and the amount of Euros we hedged was greater than the amount we needed for purchases of inventory. As a result, we recorded approximately $69,000 for ineffectiveness during fiscal year 2006. If our
anticipated purchases exceed actual purchases, we may continue to have expenses associated with hedging that are not associated with inventory purchases. If our hedging strategy does not help reduce fluctuations in our cost of goods and mitigate the
impact of strengthening of the Euro relative to the U.S. dollar, we will continue to have difficulties in accurately predicting our costs of goods and our cost of goods may increase, adversely impacting our gross margin.

Interest Rate Risk

We have interest
payable on our operating line of credit. Amounts borrowed under this line of credit bear interest at an annual rate equal to the lenders prime lending rate. The extent of this risk is not quantifiable or predictable because of the variability
of future interest rates and the future financing requirements. As of December 30, 2006, no borrowings were outstanding under this facility.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See the list of financial statements filed with this
report under Item 15 below.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

Not
applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Management, including our CEO and CFO, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as of December 30, 2006, in
accordance with Rules 13a-15(b) and 15d-15(b) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that control deficiencies which constituted material weaknesses, as discussed in subsection (b) below, existed in our
internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006. As a result of these material weaknesses, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 30, 2006 at the reasonable
assurance level. In light of the material weaknesses described below, we performed additional analyses and other post-closing procedures to determine that our financial statements included in this report were prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

The certifications of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer
required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The disclosures set forth in this Item 9A contain information concerning the evaluation of our
disclosure controls and procedures, internal control over financial reporting and changes in internal control over financial reporting referred to in those certifications. Those certifications should be read in conjunction with this Item 9A for
a more complete understanding of the matters covered by the certifications.

(b) Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for
the Company. Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel,



49



---

##### Table of Contents

to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with U.S. GAAP, and includes those policies and procedures that:

(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that
in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

(2) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and
directors; and

(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use
or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006. In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission, or COSO. The COSO framework summarizes each of the components of a companys internal control system, including (i) the control environment, (ii) risk assessment, (iii) control activities,
(iv) information and communication, and (v) monitoring.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control
deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Management identified the following material weaknesses during its assessment of our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006:

Control EnvironmentAccounting and Finance Personnel

We had an entity level material weakness in our control environment in that we did not have a sufficient number of personnel or
appropriate depth of experience in our accounting and finance departments to prepare accurate and timely interim and annual financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and to comply with SEC requirements. In addition, due to significant
turnover during the course of the year, including the CFO and VP of Finance, without adequate transition of knowledge, Company-level and process-level internal controls were inconsistently performed throughout the year. This material weakness
impacts all significant accounts.

Risk Assessment

We had an entity level material weakness related to insufficient controls and procedures to identify and assess risks relevant to the achievement of our financial reporting objectives in adherence with regulatory
filing requirements. The Company has also been unable to adequately assess and manage on a timely basis the risk of financial reporting errors associated with ineffective internal control over financial reporting. We do not periodically review
financial performance, including account reconciliations and account analysis. This material weakness impacts all accounts.

Control
ActivitiesPolicies and Procedures

We had an entity level material weakness related to ineffective controls over the
documentation, application and review of our significant accounting policies and procedures. This includes controls over the initiation, authorization, recording, processing and reporting of accounting transactions, analyses and conclusions. In



50



---

##### Table of Contents

addition, we failed to assess adequately the consistency and appropriateness of our accounting policies and procedures in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This
material weakness impacts all significant accounts.

Information and Communication

We had an entity level material weakness related to insufficient processes and controls to identify, capture, and communicate financially significant
information to the entity and stakeholders on a timely basis. We did not maintain adequate policies and procedures for accounting and process-related transactions and did not effectively communicate policies and procedures to finance and accounting
personnel. This material weakness impacted all significant accounts and impacted managements ability to comply with SEC requirements for timely filings.

Monitoring

We had an entity level material weakness related to insufficient oversight procedures
performed by management of our internal controls. We did not maintain processes to verify that internal controls over financial reporting and regulatory filings were performed correctly or in a timely and consistent basis.

Segregation of Duties

We had a
material weakness related to certain employees who had incompatible responsibilities within all significant processes affecting financial reporting. We failed to implement controls that restrict access to financially significant systems or to
monitor access to those systems, which resulted in conflicting access and/or inappropriate segregation of duties. This material weakness impacts all significant accounts.

Record Retention

We had an entity-level material weakness related to inadequate records retention.
The Company did not have a record retention policy for retention of hard copy documents. Cases of inadequate records retention or supporting documentation were noted in the accounting departments and impacted our ability to support and account for
transactions.

Account Reconciliations

We had a transactional material weakness related to inadequate, inconsistent, or non-performance of account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations. In some cases, inaccurate or incomplete account
analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations were prepared during the financial closing and reporting process and consistent reviews of account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations were not performed. For
reconciliations that were performed, there was not a process to analyze and resolve reconciling items. This material weakness impacts almost all significant accounts.

As a result of this conclusion, management performed significant additional substantive review of those areas described above where it identified material weaknesses to gain assurance that the financial statements as
included herein are fairly stated in all material respects.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has
issued an audit report on our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Their audit report is included herein.

(c)
Managements Remediation Initiatives

We are in the process of evaluating the deficiencies we identified in 2005 and 2006. We
already have begun to remediate many of the deficiencies. However, others will require additional people, process and technology infrastructure, which will take longer to remediate.



51



---

##### Table of Contents

To facilitate some of the improvements in the internal control environment, we are in the process of
implementing a new ERP system. This new ERP system should replace the majority of our existing legacy systems. We expect the new system to allow us to leverage more automated controls which will help remediate some of the deficiencies.

Our management has discussed the material weaknesses described above and other deficiencies with our Audit Committee. In an effort to remediate the
identified material weaknesses and other deficiencies, we have initiated and/or taken action to remediate material weaknesses related to the following areas:

Control Environment

We plan to develop policies and procedures for hiring and training of personnel
to verify that we have a sufficient number of personnel with knowledge, experience and training in the application of generally accepted accounting principles commensurate with our financial reporting and U.S. GAAP requirements. Where necessary, we
will supplement personnel with qualified external advisors. We plan to assess the adequacy of knowledge within our current staff and monitor our need for additional personnel. Additionally, where appropriate, we plan to identify training on
accounting principles and procedures that would benefit our accounting and finance personnel.

Once we have documented policies and
procedures for all of our processes, we plan to verify that internal controls that address our key risks are integrated into the processes and are performed consistently and timely. In addition, we plan to develop working procedures for the
transition of knowledge in cases of staff turnover to enhance our ability to determine that internal controls are implemented consistently.

Risk Assessment

We plan to develop a formal process to identify our key business risks. We plan to assess these risks, and
evaluate whether we have sufficient financial and operational controls to mitigate them. Based on our evaluation, we plan to determine whether we need to implement new control procedures or enhance the monitoring of existing controls.

Additionally, through periodic review of our actual performance against set goals per our strategy and business objectives, as well as through detailed
financial analysis, account reconciliations, and budget to actual analysis, we will monitor and re-assess these risks.

Control
Activities

Management plans to develop a process to emphasize the importance of internal controls and verify that all process owners
are involved with performance of internal controls. We plan to provide training to all process owners on the appropriate requirements to document and perform internal control procedures. In addition, one of our employees has assumed the full-time
position of Director of Internal Audit and will be responsible for compliance with internal controls.

We plan to develop a process whereby
on a periodic basis, process owners will perform self-assessment testing and report results to management. Periodic independent testing also will be performed to evaluate the adequacy of design and effectiveness of internal control procedures.

Information and Communication

We plan to document and maintain formal accounting policies and procedures that will be used by the Finance and Accounting staff. In addition, we plan to implement a process to periodically update our staff on significant changes to
accounting policies and procedures.



52



---

##### Table of Contents

We plan to develop a process whereby staff and management have access to information needed to perform
their job functions, and plan to promptly inform staff and management of any significant changes to the way we perform our business.

Monitoring

We plan to implement formal policies and procedures relating to performance of internal controls, including
monitoring functions. We plan to perform a top-down risk-based approach to identify those accounts, financial statement assertions, business processes, and locations which have a higher likelihood of resulting in a material misstatement to our
financial statements and adjust the nature, timing, and extent of control monitoring efforts accordingly.

In addition, we plan to
implement third party software to aid us with managing the assessment and testing of internal controls. One of our employees will be tasked to monitor compliance with internal control requirements, including the performance of self-testing by
process owners.

Segregation of Duties

We plan to establish segregation of duties matrices and review the job responsibilities of our personnel to evaluate how to create appropriate segregation of duties, considering the size and complexity of our
operations. To the extent possible, we plan to limit user access to segregate duties within our IT systems. Where that is not possible, we plan to implement controls to verify that incompatible functions performed by the same individual are
appropriately monitored.

In addition, we plan to add a process for the IT department personnel to monitor the access rights according to
the segregation of duties matrices and provide periodic exception reports for management.

Record Retention

We plan to establish a records retention policy that outlines the requirements and procedures for retaining the appropriate supporting documentation for
financial transactions and plan to implement procedures designed to verify compliance with the related policy.

Account Reconciliations

We plan to formalize and communicate policies for account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations, including the
methodologies for analyzing and resolving reconciling items. We plan to establish a process to determine that significant account balances are reconciled periodically, and that appropriate supporting documentation is maintained with each
reconciliation.

(d) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our fiscal quarter ended December 30, 2006 that have materially
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting.



53



---

##### Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Design Within Reach, Inc.

We have audited managements assessment,
included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Design Within Reach, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006, based on the criteria
established in Internal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Design Within Reach, Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our
audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A companys internal control
over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures
of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more
than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the financial statements will not be prevented or detected by the companys internal control. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in managements
assessment:

Control EnvironmentAccounting and Finance Personnel

The Company had an entity level material weakness in its control environment in that they did not have a sufficient number of personnel or appropriate depth of experience in their accounting and finance departments to
prepare accurate and timely interim and annual financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and to comply with SEC requirements. In addition, due to significant turnover during the course of the year, including the CFO and VP of Finance,
without adequate transition of knowledge, Company-level and process-level internal controls were inconsistently performed throughout the year. This material weakness impacts all significant accounts.



54



---

##### Table of Contents

Risk Assessment

The
Company had an entity level material weakness related to insufficient procedures and controls to identify and assess relevant risks to the achievement of the Companys financial reporting objectives in adherence with regulatory filing
requirements. The Company has also been unable to adequately assess and manage on a timely basis the risk of financial reporting errors associated with ineffective internal control over financial reporting. The Company does not periodically review
financial performance, including account reconciliations and account analysis. This material weakness impacts all accounts.

Control
ActivitiesPolicies and Procedures

The Company had an entity level material weakness related to ineffective controls over the
documentation, application and review of the Companys significant accounting policies and procedures. This includes controls over the initiation, authorization, recording, processing and reporting of accounting transactions, analyses and
conclusions. In addition, the Company failed to adequately assess the consistency and appropriateness of its accounting policies and procedures in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This material weakness impacts all significant accounts.

Information and Communication

The Company had an entity level
material weakness related to insufficient processes and controls to identify, capture, and communicate financially significant information to the entity and stakeholders on a timely basis. The Company did not maintain adequate policies and
procedures for accounting and process-related transactions and did not effectively communicate policies and procedures to finance and accounting personnel. This material weakness impacted all significant accounts and impacted managements
ability to comply with SEC requirements for timely filings.

Monitoring

The Company had an entity level material weakness related to insufficient oversight procedures performed by management of the Companys internal controls. The Company did not maintain processes to verify that
internal controls over financial reporting and regulatory filings were performed correctly or in a timely and consistent basis.

Segregation of Duties

The Company had a material weakness related to certain Company employees who had incompatible responsibilities within all significant processes
affecting financial reporting. The Company failed to implement controls which restrict access to financially significant systems or to monitor access to those systems, which resulted in conflicting access and/or inappropriate segregation of duties.
This material weakness impacts all significant accounts.

Record Retention

The Company had an entity-level material weakness related to inadequate records retention. The Company did not have a record retention policy for retention of hard copy documents. Cases of inadequate records retention
or supporting documentation were noted in the accounting department and impacted the Companys ability to support and account for transactions.

Account Reconciliations

The Company had a transactional material weakness related to inadequate, inconsistent, or non-performance of
account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations. In some cases, inaccurate or incomplete



55



---

##### Table of Contents

account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations were prepared during the financial closing and reporting process and there was not a
consistent review of account analyses, account summaries and account reconciliations that were performed. For reconciliations that were performed, there was not a process to analyze and resolve reconciling items. This material weakness impacts most
all significant accounts.

These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of
the 2006 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated May 7, 2007, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

In our opinion, managements assessment that Design Within Reach, Inc. did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria
established in Internal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement
of the objectives of the control criteria, Design Within Reach, Inc. has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006, based on the Internal ControlIntegrated Frameworkissued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission criteria.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on
managements statements with respect to the Companys remediation actions.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying balance sheets of Design Within Reach, Inc. as of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and the related statements of operations, stockholders equity and cash flows for
each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 30, 2006, and our report dated May 7, 2007 expresses an unqualified opinion on these statements.

San Francisco, California

May 7, 2007

Item 9B. Other Information

None



56



---

##### Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

Our Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information as to persons who currently serve as our directors and executive officers.



|                          |  |     |  |                                                
|------------------------- |  | --- |  | -----------------------------------------------
|Name                      |  | Age |  | Position                                       
|Ray Brunner               |  | 59  |  | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|John Hellmann             |  | 57  |  | Chief Financial Officer and Secretary          
|Karen John                |  | 37  |  | Vice PresidentDesign and Merchandising        
|John Hansen               |  | 46  |  | Chairman of the Board and Director             
|Hilary Billings (1)(2)    |  | 42  |  | Director                                       
|Terry Lee (1)(3)          |  | 56  |  | Director                                       
|Peter Lynch (1)           |  | 56  |  | Director                                       
|William McDonagh (3)      |  | 50  |  | Director                                       
|James Peters              |  | 45  |  | Director                                       
|Lawrence Wilkinson (2)(3) |  | 57  |  | Director                                       

---

|(1) | Member of the compensation committee.
|--- | -------------------------------------

|(2) | Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------

|(3) | Member of the audit committee.
|--- | ------------------------------

Executive Officers and Directors

Ray Brunner. Mr. Brunner has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 2006 and a director since June
2006. Prior to that, Mr. Brunner served as our Executive Vice President of Real Estate and Studio Operations from October 2005 until March 2006. From March 2006 until May 2006, Mr. Brunner provided us with real estate consulting services
and worked as a consultant for JH Partners. From November 2004 to September 2005, he served as our Vice President of Real Estate and Construction and prior to that served as our Vice President of Studios since April 2002. From June 1993 to April
2002, Mr. Brunner served as President of RGB & Associates, a strategic consulting company. Mr. Brunner holds a B.A. in business administration from Western Connecticut State University.

John Hellmann. Mr. Hellmann has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2006. Mr. Hellmann previously served as the Chief
Financial Officer of Birkenstock Distribution USA, the U.S. distributor of Birkenstock sandals from December 2005 until June 2006. Prior to that, he served as the Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Shoe Pavilion, a discount
footwear and accessories retailer from June 2000 until December 2005. From September 1995 until June 2000, Mr. Hellmann served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Lamaur Corporation, a manufacturer and wholesaler of hair care
products. Prior to that, he served as the Director of Finance at Liberty Electronics, Inc., a manufacturer of computer terminals. Prior to that, he served in progressive financial management roles at Inmar Corporation, formerly Topps &
Trowsers, a national retail apparel chain. Mr. Hellmann holds a B.S. degree in accounting, with a minor in business and finance, from Mount St. Marys College in Emmitsburg, Maryland.

Karen John. Ms. John has served as our Vice President of Design and Merchandising since September 2006. Ms. John previously
served as our Director or Product Development from June 2005 to August 2006. From August 2003 she served as a Product Development Consultant before becoming Product Development Manager in October 2003. From August 1998 to October 2001
she served in various roles from Sales Operations Manager to Director of Operations at Trilogy Inc., an enterprise software company. From January 1994 to July 1996, she



57



---

##### Table of Contents

served as Project Manager at Antonio Citterio & Partners, an international design firm in Milan. Ms. John holds masters degrees in
industrial design from Domus Academy in Milan, manufacturing engineering from Stanford University, and business administration from Insead in Fontainebleau, France, and a B.A. degree in art history from UCLA.

John Hansen. Mr. Hansen has served as a member of our board of directors since November 1998. From November 2003 to October 2005, and since
November 2005, he has served as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. Since March 1998, Mr. Hansen has served as President of JH Partners, LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Hansen is currently a member of the boards of directors of Bare
Escentuals, Inc., a multi-channel retailer of cosmetics and skin care products; and the private companies, GoSmile, Inc., Coraline S.p.A., the owner of the Frette brand luxury linens businesses, NapaStyle, Inc., Lussori, Inc., and Jurlique
International Pty Ltd. Mr. Hansen has previously served on the boards of directors of private companies, Walter Drake, Inc., The Record Bar, Inc., Performance Bicycle Shop, Inc., Bell Sports, Inc. and Wellpet and the
public company Thermolase Corporation, Inc. Mr. Hansen holds an A.B. from Harvard College, an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a J.D. from University of California, Berkeley.

Hilary Billings. Ms. Billings has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2003. Ms. Billings is currently an
independent brand strategy consultant. In 1999 Ms. Billings co-founded Red Envelope, Inc., an internet retailer of upscale gifts, and served in various roles until 2003, including Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors.
From 1997 until 1999, Ms. Billings developed the W Hotel brand for Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc. as Senior Vice President of Brand Development. From 1991 through 1997, Ms. Billings served in a variety of roles at
Pottery Barn, including Vice President of Product Development and Design. Ms. Billings is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Peets Coffee and Tea, Inc., a publicly held company coffee and tea retailer. Ms. Billings holds
a B.A. from Brown University.

Terry Lee. Mr. Lee has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2003.
Mr. Lee is currently a board member and consultant of Easton-Bell Sports, Inc. (formerly Bell Sports, Inc)., a private company that sells helmets and sporting goods accessories, a position he has held since April
2001; and executive co-chairman of BAP Holdings LLC, the parent company of Bell Automotive Products, Inc., a company that sells automotive accessories, a position he has held since October 2004. Mr. Lee previously served as Chief Executive
Officer of Bell Automotive Products, Inc. from February 2000 to October 2004. From January 2001 to May 2001, Mr. Lee served as Chief Executive Officer of Bell Sports Corp. From August 2000 to January 2001, Mr. Lee served as
a member of the board of directors of Bell Sports Corp. From August 1998 to August 2000, Mr. Lee served as chairman of the board of directors of Bell Sports Corp. Mr. Lee is also currently a member of the board of directors of Jurlique
International Pty Ltd., a natural skin care products company, Tailwind Sports Marketing, Inc., a company that owns the Discovery Channel Pro Cycling Team, The Boys and Girls Club of Metropolitan Phoenix, a non profit organization, and USA Cycling
Development Foundation. Mr. Lee attended The University of Utah and Weber State College on a non-matriculated basis.

Peter
Lynch. Mr. Lynch has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2006. Since 2005, Mr. Lynch has served as Senior Managing Director at DJM Realty, a division of the Gordon Brothers Group, a financial management group.
From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Lynch served as President and Chief Operating Officer of BabyStyle, Inc., a multichannel apparel retailer. From 1997 to 2003, Mr. Lynch served as the Executive Vice President, Worldwide Operations for Warner Bros.
Studio Stores. From 1996 to 1997, he served as the Chief Operating Officer of Sideout Sport, a sports apparel retailer. From 1995 to 1996, he served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of The Registry Stores, a bridal registry gift
retailer. From 1993 to 1995, he was the President of the Retail Division of Baby Guess?/Guess? Kids, a division of Guess?, Inc., an apparel retailer. From 1992 to 1993, he was the Executive Vice President, Finance & Administration and Chief
Financial Officer of House of Fabrics, Inc., a fabric retailer. From 1992 to 1993, he was the Executive Vice President, Finance & Corporate Planning and Chief Financial Officer of Stor Furnishings International Inc, a furniture retailer.
Prior to that, he served in progressive financial management roles and was ultimately Executive Vice President, Finance



58



---

##### Table of Contents

and Operations at The Emporium Capwell Company, a division of Carter Hawley Hale Stores, a department store chain. Mr. Lynch holds a B.S. degree in
criminology, with a minor in business, from York College of Pennsylvania.

William McDonagh. Mr. McDonagh has served as a
member of our board of directors since March 2004. Mr. McDonagh has been a partner of Walden VC, a venture capital firm, since September 2000, and has been a management consultant since January 1999. From April 1994 to March 1998,
Mr. McDonagh served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Broderbund Software, Inc., a company that develops and markets computer software. Mr. McDonagh is currently a member of the board of directors of Carlston Family Foundation, a
charitable organization supporting education and teachers in California. Mr. McDonagh holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from Golden Gate University.

James Peters. Mr. Peters has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2007. From August 2000 to February 2005,
Mr. Peters has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Ross Stores, Inc., a clothing retailer. From August 1998 to August 2000, Mr. Peters served as President of U.S. Retail, for Staples, Inc., an office supply retailer. From
August 1997 to August 1998, Mr. Peters served as Executive Vice President of U.S. Retail for Staples. Mr. Peters also serves on the Board of Trustees, of the University of San Diego in California. Mr. Peters holds a B.A. degree in
political science from the University of San Diego in California.

Lawrence Wilkinson. Mr. Wilkinson has served as a member of
our board of directors since May 2000. Mr. Wilkinson is currently the chairman of Heminge & Condell, a provider of corporate strategic counsel and venture design services, a position he has held since November 1997, and co-founder of
and counsel to Global Business Network, a strategic consulting organization, a position he has held since November 1987. Mr. Wilkinson co-founded Oxygen Media, Inc. in June 1998, and served as its vice-chairman until January 2002.
Mr. Wilkinson serves on the boards of Oxygen Media, Inc. and Ealing Studios, Ltd. He is a director of Public Radio International, a non-profit organization, and a member of the Board of Visitors of Davidson College. Mr. Wilkinson holds a
B.A. from Davidson College, an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.Phil. from Oxford University.

Committees of the Board

Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is comprised of Peter Lynch, who serves as its chairman, Hilary
Billings and Terry Lee, each of whom is an independent director for the purposes of the federal securities laws and the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Compensation Committee held four meetings during fiscal year 2006. The functions of the
Compensation Committee include reviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors the compensation and benefits of all of our executive officers, administering our equity incentive plans and establishing and reviewing general policies relating to
compensation and benefits of our employees.

Audit Committee. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors is comprised of William
McDonagh, who serves as its chairman, Terry Lee and Lawrence Wilkinson. Each of these directors is independent as defined under and required by the federal securities laws, including Rule 10A-3(b)(i) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and the Nasdaq rules. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that William McDonagh qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under the federal securities laws. The Audit Committee held seven meetings, including
telephonic meetings, during fiscal year 2006. The Audit Committee is governed by a written charter approved by our Board of Directors. The functions of the Audit Committee include reviewing and monitoring our financial statements and internal
accounting procedures, recommending the selection of independent auditors by our Board of Directors, evaluating the scope of the annual audit, reviewing audit results, consulting with management and our independent auditor prior to presentation of
financial statements to stockholders and, as appropriate, initiating inquiries into aspects of our internal accounting controls and financial affairs. Both our independent auditors and internal financial personnel regularly meet privately with the
audit committee and have unrestricted access to the Audit Committee.



59



---

##### Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee
is comprised of Lawrence Wilkinson, who serves as its chairman and Hilary Billings, each of whom is an independent director for the purposes of the federal securities laws and the Nasdaq rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee did
not hold any meetings during fiscal year 2006. The functions of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee include identifying prospective board candidates, recommending nominees for election to our Board of Directors, developing and
recommending board member selection criteria, considering committee member qualification, recommending corporate governance principles to the Board of Directors, and providing oversight in the evaluation of the Board of Directors and each committee.

Code of Ethics

Our company has
established a Code of Ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. The Code of Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of our company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics, and is intended
to qualify as a code of ethics within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Item 406 of Regulation S-K.

Corporate Governance Documents

Our companys corporate
governance documents, including the Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter and Code of Ethics, are available, free of charge, on our website at www.dwr.com. Please note,
however, that the information contained on the website is not incorporated by reference in, or considered part of, this Report. We will also provide copies of these documents, free of charge, to any stockholder upon written request to Secretary,
Design Within Reach, Inc., 225 Bush Street, 20thFloor, San Francisco, California 94104.

Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, directors, officers and beneficial owners of ten percent or more of our common stock (Reporting Persons) are required to report to the Securities and
Exchange Commission on a timely basis the initiation of their status as a Reporting Person and any changes regarding their beneficial ownership of our common stock. Based solely on our review of such forms received and the written representations of
our Reporting Persons, we have determined that no Reporting Person known to us was delinquent with respect to their reporting obligations as set forth in Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, except for the following: Ray Brunner, Michelle Carrara
and Suzanne Ewing each filed a late statement of initial beneficial ownership of securities. Ray Brunner and SCSF Equities LLC (including its joint filers) each filed one late report covering one transaction during fiscal year 2006.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The Compensation Committee of our Board, comprised entirely of independent directors, administers our executive compensation program. The role of the
Compensation Committee is to oversee our compensation and benefit plans and policies, administer our stock plans and review and approve annually all compensation decisions relating to all executive officers.

The compensation programs are intended to provide a link between the creation of stockholder value and the compensation earned by our executive officers
and has been designed to:



| |  |  | Attract, motivate and retain superior talent;
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Encourage high performance and promote accountability;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------



60



---

##### Table of Contents

| |  |  | Ensure that compensation is commensurate with our performance and stockholder returns;
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Provide performance awards for the achievement of financial and operational targets and strategic objectives that are critical to our long-term growth; and
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Ensure that the executive officers have financial incentives to achieve substantial growth in stockholder value.
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

To achieve these objectives, the Compensation Committee has implemented and intends to maintain compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the
executives overall compensation to key financial and operational goals such as improving gross margins, increasing cash flows from operations and obtaining new sources of supply of products. The Compensation Committee establishes individual
executive compensation at levels the committee believes are comparable with executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in retail industries, taking into account our relative performance and our own strategic
goals.

The compensation of our executive officers is composed of base salaries, an annual corporate bonus plan and long-term equity
incentives in the form of stock options. In determining specific components of compensation, the Compensation Committee considers each officers performance, level of responsibility, skills and experience, and other compensation awards or
arrangements. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves all elements of compensation for all of our executive officers taking into consideration recommendations from management as well as information regarding compensation levels at
competitors in our industry based on information gathered by management and a report from a compensation consultant discussed below. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves all annual bonus awards for executives and stock option awards for
all employees.

Compensation for our employees below the level of Vice President is set by grade level, which takes into account where the
employee is located. The grades provide ranges for stock option grants at hire and specify bonus target bonus levels. Our Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations with respect to salary, bonus eligibility and option awards for
our vice presidents and executive officers. Notwithstanding these recommendations, the Compensation Committee determines the compensation of our executive officers in an executive session.

Management and the Compensation Committee historically have used market surveys and competitive data gathered internally and by consultants in making
decisions affecting compensation. Management and the Compensation Committee have reviewed data focused on retail companies and companies located in the San Francisco Bay area. Among other things, the Compensation Committee has reviewed reports
prepared for us by Aon Corporation, a firm that provides executive compensation consulting services. Aon provided reports on its benchmarking studies with respect to executive compensation on September 20, 2005 and with respect to compensation
of non-employee directors on August 14, 2005. However, we have not identified a set of peer companies against which we benchmark compensation.

Except as described below, our Compensation Committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation,
or among different forms of compensation. This is due to the small size of our executive team and the need to tailor each executives award to attract and retain that executive.

Elements of Compensation

Executive compensation consists of the following elements:

Base Salary. Base salaries for our executives are generally established based on the scope of their responsibilities, level of experience and
individual performance, taking into account both external competitiveness and internal equity considerations. The goal for the base salary component is to compensate



61



---

##### Table of Contents

employees at a level that approximates the median salaries of individuals in comparable positions and markets. Base salaries are reviewed periodically, and
adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience.

Bonus Awards. It is the Compensation Committees objective to emphasize pay-for-performance and to have a significant percentage of each executive officers total compensation contingent upon the
companys performance, as well as upon his or her individual level of performance and contribution toward the companys performance. Upon an evaluation of these factors, the Compensation Committee uses discretion in determining whether to
grant a bonus to each executive officer. The employment offer letter for Ray Brunner, our Chief Executive Officer and President, provided for a bonus of up to 200% of Mr. Brunners base salary, pro rated for Mr. Brunners period of
employment during 2006. Following discussion of, among other things, our sales growth and improved cash position since Mr. Brunners hiring, the Committee unanimously agreed that Mr. Brunner should receive the maximum bonus, which was subject
to begin pro rated based on the number of days in 2006 following Mr. Brunners appointment as our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Brunners target bonus for fiscal year 2007 is 100% of his base salary.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation. We believe that long-term incentives are an integral part of the overall executive compensation program and that
our long-term performance will be enhanced through the use of equity awards that reward our executives for maximizing stockholder value over time. We have historically elected to use stock options as the primary long-term equity incentive vehicle,
but we have not adopted stock ownership guidelines.

Stock Options. Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Award Plan,
or the 2004 Plan, authorizes us to grant options to purchase shares of common stock to our employees, directors and consultants. We also have options outstanding under our 1999 Stock Plan, or the 1999 Plan, but we will not be granting additional
options or making any other equity awards under the 1999 Plan. Our Compensation Committee oversees the administration of our equity incentive plans. Historically, our Board and Compensation Committee have made stock option grants at an
employees commencement of employment and, occasionally, following a significant change in job responsibilities or to meet other special retention objectives. Going forward, the Compensation Committee plans to consider making periodic grants to
employees following their performance reviews.

In 2006, certain of our named executive officers were awarded stock options in the amounts
indicated in the section entitled Grants of Plan-Based Awards. All options granted under the 2004 Plan have been granted at exercise prices equal to fair market value on the date of grant as defined in the plan. From our
initial public offering in June 2004 through January 24, 2007, the 2004 Plan defined fair market value as the closing market value of our stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market on the trading day prior to the date of grant. On
January 24, 2007, we amended the 2004 Plan to provide that fair market value means the closing market value of our stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant. The stock options we grant officers and employees are
incentive stock options and typically vest 25% at the end of one year from the vesting start date and then 1/48 per month thereafter based upon continued employment over a four-year period, and generally expire ten years after the date of
grant.

We expect to continue to use stock options as our primary long-term incentive vehicle because:



| |  |  | stock options and the related vesting period help attract and retain executives;
| | - |  | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | the value received by the recipient of a stock option is based on the growth of the stock price; therefore, stock options enhance the executives incentive to
increase our stock price and maximize stockholder value; and
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | stock options help to provide a balance to the overall executive compensation program as base salary and our annual bonus plan focus on short-term compensation,
while stock options reward executives for increases in stockholder value over the longer term.
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



62



---

##### Table of Contents

In determining the number of stock options to be granted to executives, we take into account the
individuals position, scope of responsibility, ability to affect profits and stockholder value and the value of stock options in relation to other elements of the individual executives total compensation. In January 2007, we adopted a
policy regarding equity awards. Under this policy, all stock options and other equity awards will be made by the Compensation Committee, except that our full Board will take action with respect to any equity awards made to our non-employee
directors. This policy prohibits the Compensation Committee from delegating its authority to make grants. The policy further provides that, subject to limited exceptions, grants of equity awards made to newly hired or promoted employees will be made
at monthly meetings of the Compensation Committee and routine, periodic grants will be made during the first ten days of the first open trading window under our insider trading plan following annual performance reviews of our employees and
executives.

Executive officers recognize taxable income from stock option awards when a vested non-qualified option is exercised or upon a
disqualifying disposition of shares received upon exercise of an incentive stock option. We generally receive a corresponding tax deduction for compensation expense in the year of exercise of non-qualified stock options and the year in which
disqualifying dispositions, if any, occur. The amount included in the executive officers wages upon such events, and the amount we may deduct is equal to the common stock price when the stock options are exercised less the exercise price
multiplied by the number of stock options exercised. We do not pay or reimburse any executive officer for any taxes due upon exercise of a stock option.

Stock Appreciation Rights. The 2004 Plan authorizes us to grant stock appreciation rights, or SARs. A SAR represents a right to receive the appreciation in value, if any, of our common stock over the base value
of the SAR. To date, we have not granted any SAR under the 2004 Plan.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Our 2004 Plan
authorizes us to grant restricted stock and restricted stock units. To date, we have not granted any restricted stock or restricted stock units. While the Compensation Committee currently does not plan to grant restricted stock and/or restricted
stock units under our 2004 Plan, it may choose to do so in the future as part of a review of the executive compensation strategy.

401(k) Defined Contribution Plan. All employees may participate in our 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, or 401(k) Plan. All eligible full-time and part-time employees who meet certain age and service requirements may
participate. In 2006, Ray Brunner, Tara Poseley and Wanda Gierhart were the only named executive officers that participated in this plan.

Other Benefits. Our executives are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, long and short-term disability and life insurance, in each case on the same basis as our other
employees. We reimburse Ray Brunner, our Chief Executive Officer, for costs he incurs for travel from his home to our headquarters in San Francisco.

Employment Offer Letters

Ray Brunner. We entered into an employment offer letter with Ray
Brunner, our Chief Executive Officer and President, on June 15, 2006. The offer letter called for Mr. Brunner to receive an annual salary of $245,000, payable in installments pursuant to our bi-weekly payroll policy, and to be eligible for
all company benefits on the first day of the month following his date of hire. It further provided that he would be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 200% of his annual salary, based on the achievement of corporate and individual goals to be set
by the Compensation Committee. For the year 2006, his bonus eligibility was to be pro-rated for the period of his employment.

The offer
letter also stated that in connection with Mr. Brunners commencement of employment as Chief Executive Officer and President, management would recommend to the Board of Directors that he be granted an option to purchase 300,000 shares of
our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Contingent upon his continued employment, the shares subject to the option would vest in equal monthly amounts over a period of 24 months from the date of
grant. In addition, following stockholder approval



63



---

##### Table of Contents

of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan, Mr. Brunner would receive a stretch option grant, covering
the right to purchase an additional 150,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share. The stretch option would vest on the same vesting schedule as the 300,000 share option described above.

The letter provides that if we terminate Mr. Brunners employment without cause (as defined) after three months of employment by us, he would
be paid $250,000 over six months as a salary continuance. The letter also provided that within one year of a change of control of the company, if Mr. Brunner is terminated without cause (as defined), all of his unvested options would become
immediately vested and exercisable and Mr. Brunner would be paid $250,000 over six months as a salary continuance.

We amended
Mr. Brunners offer letter on March 16, 2007. Pursuant to his amended employment offer letter, Mr. Brunner will be paid an annual salary of $350,000, payable in installments pursuant to our bi-weekly payroll policy. This salary
increase was retroactive to January 1, 2007. The amended offer letter states that Mr. Brunner will be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 100% of his annual salary, based on the achievement of corporate and individual goals to be set by
the Compensation Committee of the Board, and that for the year 2007, he also will receive an automatic bonus of $50,000 if he is serving as our Chief Executive Officer at the end of the year. The offer letter calls for corporate and individual goals
to be determined as soon as practicable following Board approval of our 2007 business plan.

Offer Letters. We entered into an
employment offer letter with John Hellmann, our Chief Financial Officer, on August 27, 2006. The offer letter calls for Mr. Hellmann to receive an annual salary of $240,000, payable in installments pursuant to our bi-weekly payroll policy,
and to be eligible for all company benefits on the first day of the month following his date of hire. It further provided that he would be eligible to receive up to two bonuses of $25,000 each for achieving specified objectives with respect to our
financial reporting process.

The offer letter also states that in connection with Mr. Hellmanns commencement of employment,
management would recommend to the Board of Directors that he be granted an option to purchase 150,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Contingent upon his continued employment,
the shares subject to the option would vest in equal monthly amounts over a period of 36 months from the date of grant.

The letter
provides that if we terminate Mr. Hellmanns employment without cause (as defined) after three months of employment by us, he would be paid six months salary, less applicable withholding, over a period of six months as a salary
continuance. The letter also provided that within one year of a change of control of the company, if Mr. Hellmann is terminated without cause (as defined), all of his unvested options would become immediately vested and exercisable and
Mr. Hellmann would be paid six months salary over six months as a salary continuance.



64



---

##### Table of Contents

Summary of Compensation

The following table shows information regarding the compensation earned by any person who served as our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer during fiscal year 2006, and our only other executive officer
who was serving as an executive officer at December 30, 2006. We refer to these persons as our named executive officers elsewhere in this report. Except as provided below, none of our named executive officers received any other
compensation required to be disclosed by law or in excess of $10,000 annually.

Summary Compensation Table



|                                                                                        |  |            |  |            |         |          |   |                |  |                    |  |                                         |         |                          |   |         |           |   |         |     |  |   |        
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ---------- |  | ---------- | ------- | -------- | - | -------------- |  | ------------------ |  | --------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------ | - | ------- | --------- | - | ------- | --- |  | - | -------
|Name and Principal Position                                                             |  | FiscalYear |  | Salary ($) |         | Bonus($) |   | StockAwards($) |  | OptionAwards($)(6) |  | Non-EquityIncentive PlanCompensation($) |         | All OtherCompensation($) |   |         | Total ($)
|Ray Brunner, Chief Executive Officer and President (1)                                  |  | 2006       |  | $          | 240,202 |          |   |                |  |                    |  | $                                       | 372,900 |                          | $ | 315,479 |           | $ | 30,556  | (7) |  | $ | 959,137
|Tara Poseley,Former Chief Executive Officer and President (2)                           |  | 2006       |  |            | 140,928 |          |   |                |  |                    |  |                                         |         |                          |   |         |           |   | 237,981 | (8) |  |   | 378,909
|John Hellmann, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (3)                                |  | 2006       |  |            | 103,384 |          | $ | 50,000         |  |                    |  |                                         | 58,300  |                          |   |         |           |   |         |     |  |   | 211,684
|Ken La Honta, Former Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary (4) |  | 2006       |  |            | 197,714 |          |   |                |  |                    |  |                                         |         |                          |   |         |           |   | 125,000 | (8) |  |   | 322,714
|Karen John, Vice President, Design and Merchandising                                    |  | 2006       |  |            | 173,077 |          |   |                |  |                    |  |                                         | 37,900  |                          |   |         |           |   |         |     |  |   | 210,977
|Wanda Gierhart, Former Executive Vice PresidentMarketing and Merchandising (5)         |  | 2006       |  |            | 111,637 |          |   |                |  |                    |  |                                         |         |                          |   |         |           |   | 150,000 | (8) |  |   | 261,637

---

|(1) | Mr. Brunner became our President and Chief Executive Officer on May 11, 2006. Mr. Brunner served as our Executive Vice President of Real Estate and Studio Operations
from October 2005 until March 2006.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Ms. Poseley resigned as our Chief Executive Officer and President on May 11, 2006.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(3) | Mr. Hellmann joined the Company on July 27, 2006 and was appointed Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary on September 5, 2006.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(4) | Mr. La Honta resigned as our Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary on August 16, 2006.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(5) | Ms. Gierhart resigned as our Executive Vice PresidentMarketing and Merchandising on May 11, 2006.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(6) | Amount reflects the compensation cost for the year ended December 30 2006 of the named executive officers options, calculated in accordance with SFAS 123R and using a
Black-Scholes valuation model. See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the assumptions made in determining grant date fair value and compensation costs of equity awards.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(7) | Consists of amounts reimbursed to Mr. Brunner for his travel from his home to our headquarters in San Francisco, including airfare and lodging.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(8) | Represents amounts paid as severance following the resignation of such named executive officer.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



65



---

##### Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2006 to the named executive officers.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS



|                  |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  |         |  |   |       |  |   |        
|----------------- |  | ------------ |  | ------------------------------------------------------------- |  | --------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------- | - | -------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------- |  | ---------------------------------------------- |  |  |  |  |  | ------- |  | - | ----- |  | - | -------
|Name              |  | GrantDate    |  | Estimated Future PayoutsUnder Non-Equity IncentivePlan Awards |  | Estimates Future PayoutsUnder Equity Incentive PlanAwards |         | AllOtherStockAwards:NumberofSharesof Stockor Units(#) |   | All OtherOptionAwards:Number ofSecuritiesUnderlyingOptions (#) |  | Exerciseor BasePrice ofOptionAwards($/Sh) |  | GrantDate FairValue ofStock andOptionAwards($)
|                  |  | Threshold($) |  | Target ($)                                                    |  | Maximum($)                                                |         | Threshold(#)                                          |   | Target(#)                                                      |  | Maximum(#)                                |  |                                                |  | 
|Ray Brunner (1)   |  |              |  |                                                               |  | $                                                         | 315,479 |                                                       | $ | 315,479                                                        |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  | 300,000 |  | $ | 5.41  |  | $ | 859,400
|                  |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  | 150000  |  |   | 12.00 |  |   | 356,100
|Tara Poseley      |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  |        |  |   |      |  |   |       
|John Hellmann (2) |  |              |  |                                                               |  | $                                                         | 50,000  |                                                       | $ | 50,000                                                         |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  | 150,000 |  |   | 5.59  |  |   | 459,300
|Ken La Honta      |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  |        |  |   |      |  |   |       
|Karen John        |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  | 50,000  |  |   | 6.13  |  |   | 177,400
|                  |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  | 30,000  |  |   | 7.23  |  |   | 131,100
|Wanda Gierhardt   |  |              |  |                                                               |  |                                                           |         |                                                       |   |                                                                |  |                                           |  |                                                |  |  |  |  |  |        |  |   |      |  |   |       

---

|(1) | In Mr. Brunners offer letter, we agreed to pay him a bonus of up to 200% of his $245,000 base salary, with such amount to be pro rated for the time he served as our Chief
Executive Officer in fiscal year 2006. Mr. Brunner became our President and Chief Executive Officer on May 11, 2006.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Mr. Hellmanns offer letter provided that he would be eligible to receive up to two bonuses of $25,000 each for achieving specified objectives with respect to our
financial reporting process.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Employee Benefit Plans

2004 Equity Incentive Award Plan

Our Board approved the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive
Award Plan on May 8, 2006, subject to stockholder approval, which was obtained at our annual meeting of stockholders on June 22, 2006.

Purposes. The purpose of the 2004 Plan is to promote the success and enhance our value by linking the personal interests of members of our Board and our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries to those of our stockholders and
by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to our stockholders. The 2004 Plan is further intended to provide us with flexibility in our ability to motivate, attract and retain the
services of members of our Board and our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries upon whose judgment, interest and special effort we rely.

Securities Subject to the 2004 Plan. The number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Plan shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 2,100,000 shares. To the extent that an award
terminates, expires or lapses for any reason, any shares subject to the award will be available for future grant under the 2004 Plan. In addition, shares which are delivered to us by a participant or withheld by us to satisfy the grant or exercise
price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations will be available for future grant under the 2004 Plan.

Administration. The Compensation Committee of our Board administers the 2004 Plan. To administer the 2004 Plan, our Compensation Committee must consist of at least two members of our Board, each of whom is a non-employee
director for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act,



66



---

##### Table of Contents

and, an outside director for the purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code. Subject to the terms and conditions
of the 2004 Plan, our Compensation Committee has the authority to select the persons to whom awards are to be made, to determine the number of shares to be subject thereto and the terms and conditions thereof, and to make all other determinations
and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2004 Plan. Our Compensation Committee is also authorized to adopt, amend and rescind rules relating to the administration of the 2004 Plan. Our Board may at any time
abolish the Compensation Committee and revest in itself the authority to administer the 2004 Plan.

Eligibility. Our employees,
consultants and directors and the employees of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the 2004 Plan. As of March 31, 2007, we had approximately 420 employees and consultants, and we currently have eight directors, seven of whom
are non-employee directors. Our Compensation Committee determines which employees and consultants will be granted awards. No person is entitled to participate in the 2004 Plan as a matter of right nor does any such participation constitute assurance
of continued employment or service with us. Only those employees and consultants and directors who are selected to receive grants by our Compensation Committee may participate in the 2004 Plan. In addition, non-employee members of our Board are
eligible to receive certain automatic option grants pursuant to a director compensation policy adopted by our Board. These automatic grants are described below under Compensation of Directors.

Awards under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan provides that our Compensation Committee may grant or issue stock options, SARs, restricted stock,
deferred stock, dividend equivalents and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Nonqualified Stock Options, or NQSOs, will provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price which may not be
less than the par value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (in the discretion of the administrator) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the satisfaction of individual or
company performance criteria established by the administrator. NQSOs may be granted for any term specified by our Compensation Committee, but such term may not exceed 10 years.

Incentive Stock Options, or ISOs, will be designed to comply with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or
the Code, and will be subject to certain restrictions contained in the Code. Among such restrictions, ISOs must have an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, may only be
granted to employees, must expire within a specified period of time following the optionees termination of employment, and must be exercised within ten years after the date of grant. The total fair market value of shares with respect to which
an ISO is first exercisable by an optionee during any calendar year cannot exceed $100,000. To the extent this limit is exceeded, the options granted are NQSOs. In the case of an ISO granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least
10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock, the 2004 Plan provides that the exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant and the ISO must expire no later
than the fifth anniversary of the date of its grant.

Restricted Stock Awards may be granted to participants and made subject to
such restrictions as may be determined by our Compensation Committee. Typically, restricted stock may be forfeited for no consideration or repurchased by us at the original purchase price if the conditions or restrictions are not met. Our
Compensation Committee shall establish the purchase price, if any, and form of payment for each restricted stock award. In general, restricted stock may not be sold, or otherwise transferred, until restrictions are removed or expire. Purchasers of
restricted stock, unlike recipients of options, will have voting rights and will receive dividends, if any, prior to the time when the restrictions lapse.

Deferred Stock may be awarded to participants, typically without payment of consideration, but subject to vesting conditions based on continued employment or on performance criteria established by our
Compensation



67



---

##### Table of Contents

Committee. Like restricted stock, deferred stock may not be sold, or otherwise transferred or hypothecated, until vesting conditions are removed or expire.
Unlike restricted stock, shares issuable pursuant to a deferred stock award will not be issued until the deferred stock award has vested, and recipients of deferred stock generally will have no voting or dividend rights prior to the time when
vesting conditions are satisfied.

Stock Appreciation Rights, or SARs, may be granted in connection with stock options or other
awards, or separately. SARs granted by our Compensation Committee in connection with stock options or other awards typically will provide for payments to the holder based upon increases in the price of our common stock over the exercise price of the
related option or other awards, but alternatively may be based upon criteria such as book value. Except as required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to a SAR intended to qualify as performance-based compensation as described in
Section 162(m) of the Code, there are no restrictions specified in the plan on the exercise of SARs or the amount of gain realizable therefrom, although restrictions may be imposed by our Compensation Committee in the SAR agreements. Our
Compensation Committee may elect to pay SARs in cash or in shares of our common stock or in a combination of both.

Dividend
Equivalents represent the value of the dividends, if any, per share paid by us, calculated with reference to the number of shares covered by the stock options, SARs or other awards held by the participant.

Stock Payments may be authorized by our Compensation Committee in the form of shares of our common stock or an option or other right to purchase
shares of our common stock as part of a deferred compensation arrangement in lieu of all or any part of compensation, including bonuses, that would otherwise be payable in cash to the participant.

Our Compensation Committee may designate employees as covered employees whose compensation for a given fiscal year may be subject to the
limit on deductible compensation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our Compensation Committee may grant to such covered employees restricted stock, deferred stock, SARs, dividend equivalents and stock payments that are paid, vest or become
exercisable upon the attainment of company performance criteria which are related to one or more of the following performance goals as applicable to us or any of our subsidiaries, divisions or operating units:



| |  |  | net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | net losses;
| | - |  | -----------



| |  |  | sales or revenue;
| | - |  | -----------------



| |  |  | operating earnings;
| | - |  | -------------------



| |  |  | operating cash flow;
| | - |  | --------------------



| |  |  | return on net assets;
| | - |  | ---------------------



| |  |  | return on stockholders equity;
| | - |  | -------------------------------



| |  |  | return on assets;
| | - |  | -----------------



| |  |  | return on capital;
| | - |  | ------------------



| |  |  | stockholder returns;
| | - |  | --------------------



| |  |  | gross or net profit margin;
| | - |  | ---------------------------



| |  |  | earnings per share;
| | - |  | -------------------



| |  |  | price per share of our common stock; or
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------



| |  |  | market share.
| | - |  | -------------

The maximum number of
shares which may be subject to awards granted under the 2004 Plan to any individual in any calendar year may not exceed 500,000 shares of common stock.



68



---

##### Table of Contents

Terms and Conditions of Options. Each option is evidenced by a stock option agreement between us
and the optionee, and is subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

Exercise Price. Our Compensation Committee
determines the exercise price of options at the time the options are granted, subject to the limitations described above with respect to ISOs and NQSOs.

Exercise of Option; Form of Consideration. Our Compensation Committee determines when options become exercisable and may, in its discretion, accelerate the vesting of any outstanding option. The means of
payment for shares issued upon exercise of an option is specified in each option agreement. The 2004 Plan permits payment to be made by cash, check, promissory note, other shares of our common stock (with some restrictions), broker-assisted cashless
exercise or any combination thereof.

Term of Option. The term of options granted under the 2004 Plan may be no more than ten years
from the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to an optionee who owns more than 10% of all classes of our stock or any of our parent or subsidiary companies, the term of the option may be no more than five years from the date of grant. No
option may be exercised after the expiration of its term.

Termination of Employment.If the optionees employment or
consulting relationship terminates for any reason other than disability or death, options under the 2004 Plan may be exercised for the period of time specified in the option agreement, which shall generally be three months after such termination,
and may be exercised only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of termination. In no event may the option be exercised after the expiration of its term.

Disability. If an optionee is unable to continue his or her employment or consulting relationship with us as a result of his or her disability, options may be exercised for the period of time specified in the
option agreement, which shall generally be 12 months after termination and may be exercised only to the extent the option was exercisable on the date of termination, but in no event may the option be exercised after the expiration of its term.

Death. Under the 2004 Plan, if an optionee should die while employed or retained by us, options may be exercised for the period of
time specified in the option agreement, which shall generally be 12 months after the date of death to the extent the options are exercisable on the date of death, but in no event may the option be exercised after the expiration of its term.

Other Provisions. The stock option agreement may contain other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the 2004 Plan
as may be determined by our Compensation Committee.

Awards Not Transferable. Awards may generally not be sold, pledged,
transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Our Compensation Committee may allow awards other than ISOs to be transferable to certain permitted transferees (i.e., immediate family members
for estate planning purposes). ISOs may not be transferable. If our Compensation Committee makes an award transferable, such award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as our Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger,
consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of assets to our stockholders or any other change affecting our common stock, our Compensation Committee will make appropriate adjustments in the
number and type of shares of stock subject to the 2004 Plan, the terms and conditions of any award outstanding under the 2004 Plan, and the grant or exercise price of any such award.

In the event of a change of control, each outstanding award may be assumed or an equivalent award may be substituted by the successor (or its parent or
subsidiary). In the event of a change of control where the successor



69



---

##### Table of Contents

(or its parent or subsidiary) does not assume awards granted under the 2004 Plan or substitute equivalent awards, awards issued under the 2004 Plan will be
subject to accelerated vesting such that 100% of such awards will become vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable. In the event of a change of control where the successor (or its parent or subsidiary) assumes awards granted under the 2004
Plan, outstanding awards will become fully vested and exercisable or payable, as applicable, if the employment or service of the holder of any such award is terminated in connection with the change of control or within two years following such
change of control by the successor (or its parent or subsidiary) without cause or by the holder for good reason.

Under the 2004 Plan, a
change of control is generally defined as:



| |  |  | the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the company of more than 50% of the voting stock of the
company;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | a merger or consolidation in which the company is a party, other than a merger or consolidation which results in our outstanding voting securities immediately
before the transaction continuing to represent a majority of the voting power of the acquiring companys outstanding voting securities;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | during any two-year period, a majority of the members of our Board (together with any new directors whose election is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of
the directors then in office) cease to serve as directors;
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | our stockholders approve a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------

Amendment and Termination of the 2004 Plan. With the approval of our Board, our Compensation Committee may amend, alter, suspend or
terminate the 2004 Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. However, the 2004 Plan requires stockholder approval for any amendment to the 2004 Plan to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations, for
any increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2004 Plan, any award of a stock option with an exercise price per share less than the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant or any extension of the
exercise period of a stock option beyond ten years. No action by our Board, our Compensation Committee or our stockholders may alter or impair any award previously granted under the 2004 Plan without the consent of the holder. Unless terminated
earlier, the 2004 Plan shall terminate in April 2016.

Securities Laws. The 2004 Plan is intended to conform with all provisions of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, including without limitation Rule 16b-3. The 2004
Plan will be administered, and options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

Federal Income Tax Consequences Associated with the 2004 Plan. The following is a general summary under current law of the material federal income tax consequences to participants in the 2004 Plan. This summary
deals with the general tax principles that apply and is provided only for general information. Some kinds of taxes, such as state and local income taxes, are not discussed. Tax laws are complex and subject to change and may vary depending on
individual circumstances and from locality to locality. The summary does not discuss all aspects of income taxation that may be relevant in light of a holders personal investment circumstances. This summarized tax information is not tax
advice.

Non-Qualified Stock Options. For federal income tax purposes, if an optionee is granted NQSOs under the 2004 Plan, the
optionee will not have taxable income on the grant of the option, nor will we be entitled to any deduction. Generally, on exercise of NQSOs the optionee will recognize ordinary income, and we will be entitled to a deduction, in an amount equal to
the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of a common share on the date each such option is exercised. The optionees basis for the stock for purposes of



70



---

##### Table of Contents

determining gain or loss on subsequent disposition of such shares generally will be the fair market value of the common stock on the date the optionee
exercises such option. Any subsequent gain or loss will be generally taxable as capital gain or loss.

Incentive Stock Options.
There is no taxable income to an optionee when an optionee is granted an ISO or when that option is exercised. However, the amount by which the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise exceeds the option price will be an item of
adjustment for the optionee for purposes of the alternative minimum tax. Gain realized by the optionee on the sale of an ISO is taxable at capital gains rates, and no tax deduction is available to us, unless the optionee disposes of the shares
within (1) two years after the date of grant of the option or (2) within one year of the date the shares were transferred to the optionee. If the shares of common stock are sold or otherwise disposed of before the end of the two-year and
one-year periods specified above, the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of the shares on the date of the options exercise will be taxed at ordinary income rates, and we will be entitled to a deduction to
the extent the optionee must recognize ordinary income. If such a sale or disposition takes place in the year in which the optionee exercises the option, the income the optionee recognizes upon sale or disposition of the shares will not be
considered income for alternative minimum tax purposes. Otherwise, if the optionee sells or otherwise disposes of the shares before the end of the two-year and one-year periods specified above, the maximum amount that will be included as alternative
minimum tax income is the gain, if any, the optionee recognizes on the disposition of the shares.

An ISO exercised more than three months
after an optionee terminates employment, other than by reason of death or disability, will be taxed as a NQSO, and the optionee will have been deemed to have received income on the exercise taxable at ordinary income rates. We will be entitled to a
tax deduction equal to the ordinary income, if any, realized by the optionee.

Stock Appreciation Rights. In the case of SARs
granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, no taxable income is realized upon the receipt of the SAR, but upon exercise of the SAR, the fair market value of the shares received, determined
on the date of exercise of the SAR, or the amount of cash received in lieu of shares, must be treated as compensation taxable as ordinary income to the recipient in the year of such exercise. We will be entitled to a deduction for compensation paid
in the same amount which the recipient realized as ordinary income.

Restricted Stock. An employee to whom restricted stock is
issued generally will not recognize taxable income upon such issuance and we generally will not then be entitled to a deduction unless an election is made by the participant under Section 83(b) of the Code. However, when restrictions on shares
of restricted stock lapse, such that the shares are no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the employee generally will recognize ordinary income and we generally will be entitled to a deduction for an amount equal to the excess of
the fair market value of the shares at the date such restrictions lapse over the purchase price. If a timely election is made under Section 83(b) with respect to restricted stock, the participant generally will recognize ordinary income on the
date of the issuance equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares at that date over the purchase price therefore, and we will be entitled to a deduction for the same amount.

Deferred Stock. An individual to whom deferred stock is issued will not have taxable income upon issuance and we will not then be entitled to a
deduction. An individual to whom deferred stock is issued will generally realize ordinary income at the time the shares issuable with respect to the deferred stock award are distributed to the employee in an amount equal to the fair market value of
such shares (less any purchase price), and we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.

Dividend Equivalents. A recipient of a
dividend equivalent award generally will not recognize taxable income at the time of grant, and we will not be entitled to a deduction at that time. When a dividend equivalent is paid, the participant generally will recognize ordinary income, and we
will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.



71



---

##### Table of Contents

Stock Payments. A participant who receives a stock payment in lieu of a cash payment that would
otherwise have been made will generally be taxed as if the cash payment has been received, and we generally will be entitled to a deduction for the same amount.

Section 162(m) of the Code. In general, under Section 162(m), income tax deductions of publicly-held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation (including base salary, annual bonus,
stock option exercises and non-qualified benefits paid) for specified executive officers exceeds $1 million (less the amount of any excess parachute payments as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any one year. However, under
Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not apply to certain performance-based compensation as provided for by the Code and established by an independent Compensation Committee which is adequately disclosed to, and approved by,
stockholders. In particular, stock options and SARs will satisfy the performance-based compensation exception if the awards are made by a qualifying Compensation Committee, the underlying plan sets the maximum number of shares that can
be granted to any person within a specified period and the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date (i.e., the option exercise price is equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock subject to
the award on the grant date). Performance or incentive awards granted under the 2004 Plan may qualify as qualified performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) if such awards are granted or vest upon the
pre-established objective performance goals described above.

We have attempted to structure the 2004 Plan in such a manner that our
Compensation Committee can determine the terms and conditions of stock options, SARs and performance and incentive awards granted thereunder such that remuneration attributable to such awards will not be subject to the $1 million limitation. We have
not, however, requested a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or an opinion of counsel regarding this issue. This discussion will neither bind the Internal Revenue Service nor preclude the Internal Revenue Service from adopting a contrary
position.

Section 409A. Section 409A of the Code, which was added by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, provides
certain new requirements on non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements. These include new requirements on an individuals election to defer compensation and the individuals selection of the timing and form of distribution of the
deferred compensation. Also, Section 409A generally provides that distributions must be made on or following the occurrence of certain events (i.e., the individuals separation from service, a predetermined date, or the individuals
death). Section 409A imposes restrictions on an individuals ability to change his or her distribution timing or form after the compensation has been deferred. For certain individuals who are officers, Section 409A requires that such
individuals distribution commence no earlier than six months after such officers separation from service.

Certain awards under
the 2004 Plan are subject to the requirements of Section 409A in form and in operation. For example, deferred stock awards and other awards that provide for deferred compensation will be subject to Section 409A.

If a 2004 Plan award is subject to and fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, the recipient of that award may recognize ordinary income
on the amounts deferred under the award, to the extent vested, which may be prior to when the compensation is actually or constructively received. Also, if an award that is subject to Section 409A fails to comply, Section 409A imposes an
additional 20% federal income tax on compensation recognized as ordinary income, as well as interest on such deferred compensation.

1999 Stock Plan

In January 1999, we adopted our 1999 Stock Plan, which was approved by our stockholders in January 1999.
The plan allows us to issue incentive and nonstatutory stock options and make restricted stock awards. Our employees, outside directors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the plan, but only employees may receive incentive stock
options. We reserved a total of 3,100,000 shares of our common stock for issuance



72



---

##### Table of Contents

under the plan. We do not intend to make any further issuances under the plan. The plan is administered by our Board, or a committee of our Board appointed
by the board to administer the plan. The Board or the committee administering the plan selects the participants who will receive awards and determines the terms and conditions of such awards. Our incentive and nonstatutory stock options and our
restricted stock are generally subject to special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board may determine.

In the event of certain corporate transactions, such as a merger or consolidation, the plan provides for: (1) the continuation of the outstanding
options by us if we are the surviving corporation; (2) the assumption of the 1999 Stock Plan and the outstanding options by the surviving corporation or its parent; (3) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of options
with substantially the same terms; or (4) the cancellation of the outstanding options without payment of any consideration. In the event of a change in control, the plan provides that: (a) each outstanding restricted stock award will vest
if the repurchase right is not assigned to the entity that employs the award holder immediately after the change in control or its parent or subsidiary; and (b) each outstanding option will become exercisable in full if such options do not
remain outstanding, are not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent and the surviving corporation or its parent does not substitute options with substantially the same terms for such options. A change in control means: (i) the
consummation of our merger or consolidation with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not our stockholders immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after
such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (A) the continuing or surviving entity and (B) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or
surviving entity; or (ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets.

Employee Stock
Purchase Plan

In March 2004, our Board adopted our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and it was approved by our stockholders in April 2004.
The plan is designed to allow our eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions.

We initially reserved a total of 300,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the plan. The reserve automatically increases on each December 31 during the term of the plan by an amount equal to the
lesser of (1) 100,000 shares or (2) a lesser amount determined by the Board. As of March 31, 2007, there were 334,729 shares of common stock available for issuance under the plan.

The plan generally will have a series of successive consecutive, overlapping offering periods. Each offering period will be comprised of two 6-month
purchase periods.

Individuals whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours per week and who have been continuously employed by us
for at least six months are eligible to participate in the plan. Participants may contribute up to 15% of their cash earnings through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual
purchase date. The purchase price per share will be equal to 85.0% of the fair market value per share on the participants entry date into the offering period or, if lower, 85.0% of the fair market value per share on the semi-annual purchase
date.

If the fair market value per share of our common stock on any purchase date is less than the fair market value per share on the
start date of the 12-month offering period, then that offering period will automatically terminate, and a new 12-month offering period will begin on the next business day. All participants in the terminated offering will be transferred to the new
offering period.

In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger with or into another company,
the outstanding rights under the plan will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by the successor company or its parent. If the successor company or its parent refuses to assume the outstanding rights



73



---

##### Table of Contents

or substitute an equivalent right, then all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised prior to the effective date of the transaction. The
purchase price will be equal to 85.0% of the market value per share on the participants entry date into the offering period in which an acquisition occurs or, if lower, 85.0% of the fair market value per share on the date the purchase rights
are exercised.

The plan will terminate no later than the tenth anniversary of the plans initial adoption by the Board.

Outstanding Equity Awards

The following table
sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding equity awards at December 30, 2006 with respect to the named executive officers.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table



|                |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                         |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|--------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------- |  | --------------------
|                |  | Option Awards                                                    
|Name            |  | Number of SecuritiesUnderlying UnexercisedOptions (#) Exercisable |  | Number of
SecuritiesUnderlying UnexercisedOptions (#) Unexercisable (1) |  | EquityIncentive PlanAwards:Number
ofSecuritiesUnderlyingUnexercisedUnearnedOptions (#) |  | OptionExercise Price($) |  | OptionExpirationDate
|Ray Brunner     |  | 15,000                                                            |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  | 7.00                    |  | 3/03/2014           
|                |  | 52,227                                                            |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  | .60                     |  | 10/14/2012          
|                |  | 2,000                                                             |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  | 2.75                    |  | 5/13/2013           
|                |  | 87,500                                                            |  | 212,500                                                                 |  |                                                                                        |  | 5.41                    |  | 5/23/2016           
|                |  | 43,750                                                            |  | 106,250                                                                 |  |                                                                                        |  | 12.00                   |  | 10/24/2016          
|                |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                         |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|Total           |  | 200,477                                                           |  | 318,750                                                                 |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|                |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                         |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|Tara Poseley    |  |                                                                  |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|John Hellmann   |  | 20,834                                                            |  | 129,166                                                                 |  |                                                                                        |  | 5.59                    |  | 8/11/2016           
|Ken La Honta    |  |                                                                  |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|Karen John      |  | 10,000                                                            |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  | 7.00                    |  | 3/3/2014            
|                |  | 625                                                               |  | 1,875                                                                   |  |                                                                                        |  | 6.03                    |  | 11/30/2015          
|                |  |                                                                  |  | 30,000                                                                  |  |                                                                                        |  | 7.23                    |  | 1/24/2016           
|                |  |                                                                  |  | 50,000                                                                  |  |                                                                                        |  | 6.13                    |  | 10/24/2016          
|                |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                         |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|Total           |  | 10,625                                                            |  | 81,875                                                                  |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|                |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                         |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     
|Wanda Gierhardt |  |                                                                  |  |                                                                        |  |                                                                                        |  |                         |  |                     

---

|(1) | Except for Mr. Brunners options, which vest monthly over 24 months from his vesting start date, and Mr. Hellmanns options, which vest monthly over 36 months
from his vesting start date, all options vest at a rate of 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the start date and then 1/48 of the shares each month thereafter through the fourth anniversary of the vesting start date.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Option Exercises

During
the fiscal year ended December 30, 2006, none of the named executive officers exercised any options.

Pension Benefits

We do not have any plan that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with, retirement.



74



---

##### Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

Effective in 2000, we adopted the Design Within Reach 401(k) plan covering our employees. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code so that the contributions to the 401(k) plan by employees, and the
investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan, and so that contributions by us, if any, will be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes when made. Under the 401(k) plan, employees may elect
to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit and to have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan permits, but does not require additional matching contributions to the
401(k) plan by us on behalf of all participants in the 401(k) plan. During fiscal year 2006, we made no contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Director
Compensation

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation we paid to our non-employee directors in the fiscal year
ended December 30, 2006.

Director Compensation Table



|                      |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        
|--------------------- |  | ---------------------------- | ------ | ---------------- |  | -------------------- | - | ---------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------ |  | ------------------------- |  | --------- | ------- |  | - | -------
|Name                  |  | FeesEarned orPaid inCash ($) |        | Stock Awards ($) |  | OptionAwards ($) (4) |   | Non-EquityIncentive PlanCompensation ($) |  | Change in PensionValue andNonqualifiedDeferredCompensationEarnings |  | All OtherCompensation ($) |  | Total ($)
|John C. Hansen        |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        
|Hilary Billings       |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        
|Robert Forbes, Jr.(1) |  | $                            | 25,000 |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  | $         | 184,325 |  | $ | 209,325
|Edward Friedrichs(2)  |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        
|Terry Lee             |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        
|Peter Lynch(3)        |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      | $ | 4,300                                    |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   | 4,300  
|William McDonagh      |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        
|Lawrence Wilkinson    |  |                              |        |                  |  |                      |   |                                          |  |                                                                    |  |                           |  |           |         |  |   |        

---

|(1) | Mr. Forbes resigned as a director on January 10, 2007. In June 2006, we entered into an agreement with Mr. Forbes pursuant to which Mr. Forbes agreed to continue
to serve as a member of our Board of Directors for at least six months from June 30, 2006, and we agreed to pay Mr. Forbes $25,000 for his services as a member of our Board of Directors. The agreement also called for Mr. Forbes to
prepare a monthly newsletter for us, and we agreed to pay Mr. Forbes $100,000 a year for these services. The agreement terminates on June 30, 2007, unless extended or terminated earlier for a material breach upon prior written notice by
the non-breaching party. During fiscal year 2006, we paid Mr. Forbes $25,000 for his services as a member of our Board and he earned $50,000 for preparing monthly newsletters. Apart from the agreement, we also paid Mr. Forbes $134,325 of
salary.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Mr. Friedrichs term as a director expired on June 22, 2006, and he did not stand for re-election.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(3) | Mr. Lynch was appointed to the Board on October 24, 2006.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------

|(4) | Amount reflects the compensation cost for the year ended December 30, 2006 of the directors options, calculated in accordance with SFAS 123R and using a Black-Scholes
valuation model. See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for a discussion of the assumptions made in determining grant date fair value and compensation costs of equity awards.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



75



---

##### Table of Contents

The following table details information with respect to all options to purchase our common stock held by
our non-employee directors outstanding on December 30, 2006:



|                      |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                     |  |                          |       |                       |           
|--------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------ | ----- | --------------------- | ----------
|Name                  |  | Number of SecuritiesUnderlying UnexercisedOptions (#) Exercisable |  | Number of SecuritiesUnderlying UnexercisedOptions (#) Unexercisable |  | OptionExercise Price ($) |       | OptionExpiration Date
|John C. Hansen        |  | 34,998                                                            |  | 40,002                                                              |  | $                        | 14.68 |                       | 2/24/2015 
|Hilary Billings       |  | 30,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          | 4.50  |                       | 1/2/2014  
|                      |  | 5,000                                                             |  |                                                                    |  |                          | 0.25  |                       | 6/1/2009  
|                      |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                     |  |                          |       |                       |           
|Total                 |  | 35,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          |       |                       |           
|                      |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                     |  |                          |       |                       |           
|Robert Forbes, Jr.    |  |                                                                  |  |                                                                    |  |                          |       |                       |           
|Edward Friedrichs (1) |  |                                                                  |  |                                                                    |  |                          |       |                       |           
|Terry Lee             |  | 30,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          | 4.50  |                       | 1/2/2014  
|Peter Lynch           |  | 1,200                                                             |  | 1,800                                                               |  |                          | 6.13  |                       | 10/24/2016
|William McDonagh      |  | 30,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          | 7.00  |                       | 3/3/2014  
|Lawrence Wilkinson    |  | 15,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          | 0.60  |                       | 5/1/2011  
|                      |  | 30,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          | 4.50  |                       | 1/2/2014  
|                      |  |                                                                   |  |                                                                     |  |                          |       |                       |           
|Total                 |  | 45,000                                                            |  |                                                                    |  |                          |       |                       |           

---

|(1) | Mr. Friedrichs term as a director expired on June 22, 2006, and he did not stand for re-election.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The grant date fair values of option grants to our directors in fiscal year 2006 are as follows:



|                      |  |            |  |                                            |  |                    |  |                         
|--------------------- |  | ---------- |  | ------------------------------------------ |  | ------------------ |  | ------------------------
|Name                  |  | Grant Date |  | Number of SecuritiesUnderlying Options (#) |  | Exercise Price ($) |  | Grant Date FairValue ($)
|John C. Hansen        |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        
|Hilary Billings       |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        
|Robert Forbes, Jr.    |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        
|Edward Friedrichs (1) |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        
|Terry Lee             |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        
|Peter Lynch           |  | 10/24/2006 |  | 3,000                                      |  | 6.13               |  | 9,870                   
|William McDonagh      |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        
|Lawrence Wilkinson    |  |            |  |                                           |  |                   |  |                        

---

|(1) | Mr. Friedrichs term as a director expired on June 22, 2006, and he did not stand for re-election.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Mr. Lynchs options vest monthly over five months from the date of grant.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------

In January 2007, we adopted a new director compensation plan. Under the plan, starting in January 2007, each non-employee director will receive:



| |  |  | an annual grant of options to purchase 8,000 shares (to be issued in January of each year, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of
grant and monthly vesting over the 12 months following the date of grant);
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | an annual cash retainer of $10,000; and
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------



| |  |  | an annual committee member of $2,500, with the chair of the compensation committee receiving $2,500 and the chair of the audit committee receiving $5,000.
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Severance and Change in Control Payments

We have entered into agreements and maintain plans that may require us to make payments and/or provide certain benefits to our named executive officers in the event of a termination of their employment or a change of



76



---

##### Table of Contents

control. The following tables and narrative disclosure summarize the potential payments to each named executive officer assuming that one of the events
listed in the tables below occurs. The tables assume that the event occurred on December 29, 2006, the last trading day of our last completed fiscal year. Our 2004 Plan and our 1999 Plan contain change of control provisions as described above.
See 2004 Equity Incentive Award Plan and 1999 Stock Plan. For purposes of estimating the value of amounts of equity compensation to be received in the event of a termination of employment or change of control, we
have assumed a price per share of our common stock of $4.93, which represents the closing market price of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market on December 29, 2006.

Ray Brunner

Termination for
Cause. We may terminate at any time Mr. Brunners employment for cause. A termination for cause occurs if Mr. Brunner is terminated for any of the following reasons:



| |  |  | theft, dishonesty, misconduct or falsification of any employment or company records;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | improper disclosure of our confidential or proprietary information;
| | - |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | any action by him which has a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Mr. Brunners failure or inability to perform any assigned duties after written notice to him of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or
inability; or
| | - |  | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Mr. Brunners conviction (including any plea of guilty or no contest) for any criminal act that impairs his ability to perform his duties under the offer
letter.
| | - |  | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Upon termination for cause, Mr. Brunner is not entitled to any payment or benefit other than the payment of
base salary earned, accrued vacation and unreimbursed expenses unpaid at the date of termination and COBRA.

Termination by Us Other
than for Cause. Mr. Brunners offer letter provides Mr. Brunner with certain severance benefits in the event his employment is terminated by us other than for cause. Upon a termination of Mr. Brunner without
cause (and not as a result of his death or disability), and if he has been employed by us for three months or more and he signs a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to us, he will be entitled to receive severance
payments totaling $350,000, less applicable withholding, to be paid over a period of six months following the effective date of his termination. Severance payments will be made in accordance with our normal payroll procedures. In the event that such
termination without cause occurs within one year following any Change of Control, in addition to receiving the severance payments described above, Mr. Brunners unvested stock options will immediately vest in full. For purposes
of Mr. Brunners offer letter, a Change of Control of the company shall be deemed to have occurred if we are a party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the
company outstanding immediately prior to such event failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after
such merger, consolidation or exchange.



|                                                 |  |                                       |   |                      |   |                                        |  |   |             |     |                                        |   |   |  |   |         |    
|------------------------------------------------ |  | ------------------------------------- | - | -------------------- | - | -------------------------------------- |  | - | ----------- | --- | -------------------------------------- | - | - |  | - | ------- | ---
|Executive benefits and payments upon termination |  | Termination due to Deathor Disability |   | Termination forCause |   | Termination by Us Other than for Cause |  |   | Resignation |     | Termination followingChange in Control |  
|Severance payment                                |  | $                                     | 0 |                      | $ | 0                                      |  | $ | 250,000     | (1) |                                        | $ | 0 |  | $ | 250,000 | (1)
|Accelerated stock options                        |  |                                       | 0 |                      |   | 0                                      |  |   | 0           |     |                                        |   | 0 |  |   | 456     | (2)

---

|(1) | Represents the amount of severance to which Mr. Brunner would have been entitled upon a termination without cause on December 30, 2006, the last day of the last fiscal
year. Under his amended offer letter, the amount of Mr. Brunners severance upon a termination without cause is $350,000.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Represents the incremental compensation expense we would incur as a result of accelerating option vesting. The amount was based upon the closing price of our common stock on
December 29, 2006. The exercise price of substantially all the options that would be accelerated were out of the money at December 29, 2006.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



77



---

##### Table of Contents

John Hellmann

Termination for Cause. We may terminate at any time Mr. Hellmanns employment for cause. A termination for cause
occurs if Mr. Hellmann is terminated for any of the following reasons:



| |  |  | theft, dishonesty, misconduct or falsification of any employment or company records;
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | improper disclosure of our confidential or proprietary information;
| | - |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | any action by him which has a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business;
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Mr. Hellmanns failure or inability to perform any assigned duties after written notice to him of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or
inability; or
| | - |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



| |  |  | Mr. Hellmanns conviction (including any plea of guilty or no contest) for any criminal act that impairs his ability to perform his duties under the offer
letter.
| | - |  | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Upon termination for cause, Mr. Hellmann is not entitled to any payment or benefit other than the payment
of base salary earned, accrued vacation and unreimbursed expenses unpaid at the date of termination and COBRA.

Termination by Us
Other than for Cause. Mr. Hellmanns offer letter provides Mr. Hellmann with certain severance benefits in the event his employment is terminated by us other than for cause. Upon a termination of Mr. Hellmann
without cause (and not as a result of his death or disability), and if he has been employed by us for three months or more and he signs a general release of known and unknown claims in form satisfactory to us, he will be entitled to receive
severance payments equal to six months salary, less applicable withholding, to be paid over a period of six months following the effective date of his termination. Severance payments will be made in accordance with our normal payroll
procedures. In the event that such termination without cause occurs within one year following any Change of Control, in addition to receiving the severance payments described above, Mr. Hellmanns unvested stock options will
immediately vest in full. For purposes of Mr. Hellmanns offer letter, a Change of Control of the company shall be deemed to have occurred if we are a party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in
the holders of voting securities of the company outstanding immediately prior to such event failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company, the surviving entity or a parent of the
surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange.



|                                                 |  |                                       |   |                      |   |                                       |  |             |         |                                        |   |   |  |   |         |    
|------------------------------------------------ |  | ------------------------------------- | - | -------------------- | - | ------------------------------------- |  | ----------- | ------- | -------------------------------------- | - | - |  | - | ------- | ---
|Executive benefits and payments upon termination |  | Termination due toDeath or Disability |   | Termination forCause |   | Termination by Us Otherthan for Cause |  | Resignation |         | Termination followingChange in Control |  
|Severance payment                                |  | $                                     | 0 |                      | $ | 0                                     |  | $           | 120,000 |                                        | $ | 0 |  | $ | 120,000 |    
|Accelerated stock options                        |  |                                       | 0 |                      |   | 0                                     |  |             | 0       |                                        |   | 0 |  |   | 0       | (1)

---

|(1) | Represents the incremental compensation expense we would incur as a result of accelerating option vesting. The amount was based upon the closing price of our common stock on
December 29, 2006. The exercise price of all the options that would be accelerated were out of the money at December 29, 2006.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Peter Lynch, Hilary Billings, Terry Lee and Edward Friedrichs
served as members of our compensation committee during the last fiscal year. Mr. Friedrichs left the compensation committee when his term as a member of the Board of Directors expired on June 22, 2006. Mr. Lynch and Mr. Lee
joined Ms. Billings on the compensation committee in October 2006. None of the members of our compensation committee at any time has been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has
served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.



78



---

##### Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report

We have reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis provisions to be included in this proxy statement. Based on the reviews and discussions referred to above, we recommend to the
board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis referred to above be included in this report.

The foregoing has been
furnished by the compensation committee

Peter Lynch (Chair)

Hilary Billings

Terry Lee

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth information as of March 31, 2007 regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock by (a) each person known to our Board to own beneficially 5% or more of our Common Stock, (b) each
director of our Company, (c) the named executive officers (as defined above), and (d) all of our directors and executive officers as a group. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or
5% or more stockholder, as the case may be. The address for all executive officers and directors is c/o Design Within Reach, Inc., 225 Bush Street, 20th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104.

Percentage of beneficial ownership is calculated based upon 14,417,654, shares of Common Stock which were outstanding as of March 31, 2007.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission which generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with
respect to those securities and includes shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options, warrants or other securities that are immediately exercisable or convertible within 60 days of March 31, 2007. Unless
otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.



|                                                                                                                                                                    |  |                                        |  |                                        |  
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | -------------------------------------- |  | -------------------------------------- | -
|Name and Address of Beneficial Owner                                                                                                                                |  | Number of Shares Beneficially Owned(1) |  | Percentage of SharesBeneficially Owned |  
|5% Stockholders:                                                                                                                                                    |  |                                        |  |                                        |  
|Glenn J. Krevlin and affiliates (2)                                                                                                                                 |  | 2,500,000                              |  | 17.3                                   | %
|SCSF Equities, LLC (3)                                                                                                                                              |  | 2,123,200                              |  | 14.7                                   |  
|William Harris Investors, Inc. (4)                                                                                                                                  |  | 845,588                                |  | 5.9                                    |  
|LaGrange Capital Partners, L.P. (5)                                                                                                                                 |  | 867,185                                |  | 6.0                                    |  
|                                                                                                                                                                    |  |                                       
|Directors and Named Executive Officers:                                                                                                                             |  |                                        |  |                                        |  
|Ray Brunner                                                                                                                                                         |  | 294,227                                |  | 2.0                                    |  
|John Hansen (6)                                                                                                                                                     |  | 653,207                                |  | 4.5                                    |  
|Hilary Billings                                                                                                                                                     |  | 37,666                                 |  | *                                      |  
|Terry Lee (7)                                                                                                                                                       |  | 81,237                                 |  | *                                      |  
|Peter Lynch                                                                                                                                                         |  | 5,666                                  |  | *                                      |  
|William McDonagh                                                                                                                                                    |  | 32,666                                 |  | *                                      |  
|James Peters                                                                                                                                                        |  | 0                                      |  | *                                      |  
|Lawrence Wilkinson                                                                                                                                                  |  | 64,666                                 |  | *                                      |  
|Tara Poseley (8)                                                                                                                                                    |  | 30,000                                 |  | *                                      |  
|John Hellmann                                                                                                                                                       |  | 41,668                                 |  | *                                      |  
|Ken La Honta (9)                                                                                                                                                    |  | 2,500                                  |  | *                                      |  
|Wanda Gierhardt (10)                                                                                                                                                |  | 0                                      |  | *                                      |  
|Karen John                                                                                                                                                          |  | 20,885                                 |  | *                                      |  
|All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons, excludes Tara Poseley, Ken La Honta and Wanda Gierhart, who are no longer
our executive officers) (11) |  | 1,231,888                              |  | 8.2                                    |  



79



---

##### Table of Contents

---

|* | Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding Common Stock.
|- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(1) | The following table indicates the number of shares subject to options exercisable within sixty (60) days of March 31, 2007, held by individuals listed in the table above:
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



|                                                                                                                                                              |  |                                                     
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------------------------------------
|Name of Beneficial Owner                                                                                                                                      |  | Shares Subject to Options Exercisable Within 60
Days
|Directors and Named Executive Officers:                                                                                                                       |  |                                                     
|Ray Brunner                                                                                                                                                   |  | 294,227                                             
|John Hellmann                                                                                                                                                 |  | 41,668                                              
|Karen John                                                                                                                                                    |  | 20,885                                              
|John Hansen                                                                                                                                                   |  | 62,666                                              
|Hilary Billings                                                                                                                                               |  | 37,666                                              
|Terry Lee                                                                                                                                                     |  | 32,666                                              
|Peter Lynch                                                                                                                                                   |  | 5,666                                               
|William McDonagh                                                                                                                                              |  | 32,666                                              
|James Peters                                                                                                                                                  |  | 0                                                   
|Lawrence Wilkinson                                                                                                                                            |  | 47,666                                              
|Tara Poseley                                                                                                                                                  |  | 0                                                   
|Wanda Gierhardt                                                                                                                                               |  | 0                                                   
|Ken La Honta                                                                                                                                                  |  | 0                                                   
|All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons, excludes Tara Poseley, Ken La Honta and Wanda Gierhart who are no longer our
executive officers) |  | 575,776                                             

---

|(2) | The address for Glenn J. Krevlin and affiliates is 598 Madison Avenue, 12th Floor, New York, NY 10022. Information is based on an amended Schedule 13D filed with the SEC by Glenn J.
Krevlin and affiliates on June 20, 2006. Glenn J. Krevlin has sole investment and voting power with respect to all such shares, and Glenhill Advisors, LLC has sole investment and voting power with respect to all such shares. Glenn J. Krevlin is
the managing member and control person of Glenhill Advisors, LLC.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(3) | SCSF Equities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (SCSF Equities), is the direct beneficial owner of the shares reported. Information is based on an amended
Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on January 22, 2007. The securities reported may be deemed to be beneficially owned by Sun Capital Securities Offshore Fund, Ltd., a Cayman Islands corporation (Sun Offshore Fund), Sun Capital
Securities Fund, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Sun Securities Fund), Sun Capital Securities Advisors, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Sun Advisors), Sun Capital Securities, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(Sun Capital Securities), Marc J. Leder (Leder) and Rodger R. Krouse (Krouse). Leder and Krouse may each be deemed to control SCSF Equities, Sun Securities Fund and Sun Advisors, as Leder and Krouse each own 50%
of the membership interests in Sun Capital Securities, which in turn is the general partner of Sun Advisors, which in turn is the general partner of Sun Securities Fund, which in turn owns a majority of the membership interests of SCSF Equities. The
address for SCSF Equities is 5200 Towne Center Circle, Suite 470, Boca Raton, FL 33486.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(4) | The address for William Harris Investors, Inc. (WHI) is 191 North Wacker Drive, Suite 1500, Chicago, IL 60606. Information is based on an amended Schedule 13G filed with
the SEC by WHI on February 14, 2007. In its Schedule 13G, WHI states, The securities reported herein have been acquired on behalf of discretionary clients of WHI. Persons other than WHI are entitled to receive all dividends from, and
proceeds from the sale of, those securities.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(5) | The address for LaGrange Capital Partners, L.P. and affiliates is 1270 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 2200, New York, NY 10020. Information is based on an amended
Schedule 13G filed with the SEC by LaGrange Capital Partners, L.P. and affiliates on February 14, 2007. LaGrange Capital Partners, L.P. has sole voting and investment power with respect to 573,661 shares. The general partner of LaGrange Capital
Partners, L.P. is LaGrange Capital Management, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware. Frank LaGrange Johnson is the sole member of LaGrange Capital Management, L.L.C. LaGrange
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



80



---

##### Table of Contents

| | Capital Partners Offshore Fund, Ltd. has sole voting and investment power with respect to 293,524 shares. The investment manager of LaGrange Capital Partners
Offshore Fund, Ltd. is LaGrange Capital Administration, L.L.C., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware. Frank LaGrange Johnson is the sole member of LaGrange Capital Administration, L.L.C.
| | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(6) | Includes (i) 468,193 shares held by Siberia Investment Company, LLC and (ii) 122,348 shares held by Monte Savello, L.P. Mr. Hansen is the Manager of the General
Partner (Hansen GP LLC) of Monte Savello, LP. Mr. Hansen disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Monte Savello, LP and Siberia Investment Company, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such shares, if any.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(7) | Includes 30,000 shares held by Morningstar Capital Investments, LLC. Mr. Lee is the Managing Member of Morning Star Capital Investments, LLC. Mr. Lee disclaims beneficial
ownership of the shares held by Morningstar Capital Investments, LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in such shares, if any.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(8) | Includes 12,000 shares held by the Poseley Family 2004 Revocable Trust. Ms. Poseley is a trustee and beneficiary under this trust. Ms. Poseley resigned as our Chief
Executive Officer and President on May 11, 2006. Information is based on a Form 4 filed with the SEC on November 17, 2005. The Company does not have any other information regarding the current holdings of Ms. Poseley.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(9) | Mr. La Honta resigned as our Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary on August 16, 2006. Information is based on a Form 4 filed with the SEC on
November 17, 2005. The Company does not have any other information regarding the current holdings of Mr. La Honta.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(10) | Ms. Gierhardt resigned as our Executive Vice President Marketing and Merchandising on May 11, 2006. Information is based on a Form 4 filed with the SEC on June 29,
2004. The Company does not have any other information regarding the current holdings of Ms. Gierhardt.
|---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(11) | Includes 575,776 shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2007 held by our executive officers and directors.
|---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

JH Partners, LLC Transactions. Since
November 2000, we have leased space on a month-to-month basis for our San Francisco studio facility from JH Partners, LLC, a San Francisco-based private equity firm. John Hansen, Chairman of the Board of Directors, is President of JH Partners, LLC.
We paid $176,000 in aggregate rental payments under this lease during fiscal year 2006.

Mr. Brunner, our Chief Executive Officer and
President and a member of our Board of Directors, provided consulting services to JH Partners, LLC between March 2006 and May 2006.

Mr. Lee, a member of our Board of Directors, serves as a senior operating partner for JH Partners, LLC. As a senior operating partner, Mr. Lee participates in deal origination, the due diligence process and as a director of some
of JH Partners portfolio companies.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth above on terms no less favorable to
us than terms we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

Peter Lynch. During fiscal year 2006, we paid $20,000 to DJM
Asset Management for consulting services Mr. Lynch performed in July through September 2006.



81



---

##### Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Independent Auditor Fee Information

The fees billed by our independent auditors, Grant Thornton LLP, for fiscal years 2006 and 2005 for professional services are as follows:

Audit Fees

Fees for audit services totaled
approximately $2,302,000 in fiscal year 2006 and $1,369,000 in fiscal year 2005 and include fees for the audit of our annual financial statements for fiscal years 2006 and 2005, the review of our interim period financial statements for fiscal years
2006 and 2005 included in our Form 10-Qs and our annual reports on Form 10-K, review of our Form 10-Qs and related services that are normally provided in connection with regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit-Related Fees

No fees for audit-related
services were incurred in fiscal year 2006 and $20,000 in fiscal year 2005 for services related to the audit of our 401(k) plan.

Tax Fees

Fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services totaled approximately $256,000 in fiscal year 2006 and $115,000 in fiscal
year 2005.

All Other Fees

We did not
engage Grant Thornton LLP to perform services other than those described above in 2006 and 2005.

Audit Committee Policy Regarding Pre-Approval of Audit
and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Our Independent Auditors

Our Audit Committee has established a policy that generally requires
that all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditors will be pre-approved by the Audit Committee. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. The Audit
Committee considers whether the provision of each non-audit service is compatible with maintaining the independence of our auditors. Pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is generally subject to a specific
budget. Our independent auditors and management are required to periodically report to the Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent auditors in accordance with this pre-approval, and the fees for the services
performed to date.



82



---

##### Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits

Financial Statements

The following financial statements are included in this report:



|                                                                                                                                                       |  |     
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |  | ----
|                                                                                                                                                       |  | Page
|Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                                                                                                |  | 86  
|                                                                                                                                                       | 
|Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005                                                                                           |  | 87  
|                                                                                                                                                       | 
|Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005                                           |  | 88  
|                                                                                                                                                       | 
|Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 |  | 89  
|                                                                                                                                                       | 
|Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005                                                  |  | 90  
|                                                                                                                                                       | 
|Notes to Financial Statements                                                                                                                          |  | 91  

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in
the financial statements or notes thereto.

Supplementary Data

Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

Exhibits

Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as a part of this report or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed.



|               |  |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    
|-------------- |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Exhibit Number |  | Exhibit Title                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
|3.01(1)        |  | Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  
|               | 
|3.02(2)        |  | Amended and Restated Bylaws                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
|               | 
|3.03(3)        |  | Certificate of Designations for Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Design Within Reach, Inc.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
|               | 
|4.01(3)        |  | Form of Common Stock Certificate                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   
|               | 
|4.02(1)        |  | Investors Rights Agreement, dated May 12, 2000, by and among Design Within Reach, Inc. and the investors named therein                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            
|               | 
|4.03(1)        |  | Amendment to Investors Rights Agreement, dated May 8, 2003, by and among Design Within Reach, Inc. and the investors named therein                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                
|               | 
|4.04(3)        |  | Rights Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2006, among Design Within Reach, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent, including the form of Certificate of
Designations of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of Design Within Reach, Inc. as Exhibit A, the form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares as Exhibit C.



83



---

##### Table of Contents

|               |  |                                                                                                                                                                                       
|-------------- |  | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|Exhibit Number |  | Exhibit Title                                                                                                                                                                         
|10.01(1)       |  | Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Design Within Reach, Inc. and its directors and executive officers                                                                  
|               | 
|10.02(9)       |  | Credit Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2005, by and between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A.                                                       
|               | 
|10.03(1)       |  | Sublease Agreement, dated October 23, 2003, by and between National Broadcasting Company, Inc. and Design                                                                             
|               | 
|10.04(1)       |  | Lease Agreement, dated October 2, 2003, by and between Dugan Financing LLC and Design Within Reach, Inc.                                                                              
|               | 
|10.05(1)       |  | Design Within Reach, Inc. 1999 Stock Plan, amended as of October 29, 2003                                                                                                             
|               | 
|10.06(4)       |  | Design Within Reach, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Award Plan                                                                                                                            
|               | 
|10.07(1)       |  | Design Within Reach, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan                                                                                                                                
|               | 
|10.08(1)       |  | Private Label Credit Card Program Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003, between World Financial Network National Bank and Design Within Reach, Inc.                               
|               | 
|10.09(4)       |  | Letter Agreement, dated February 9, 2004, by and between Design Within Reach, Inc. and JH Partners, LLC, formerly known as Jesse.Hansen&Co.                                           
|               | 
|10.10(5)       |  | Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2004, by and between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A.                                         
|               | 
|10.11(6)       |  | Form of Option Agreement under Design Within Reach, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Award Plan                                                                                             
|               | 
|10.12(7)       |  | Offer of Employment Letter dated June 15, 2006 between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Ray Brunner                                                                                      
|               | 
|10.13(8)       |  | Agreement effective as of June 30, 2006 between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Robert Forbes, Jr.                                                                                      
|               | 
|10.14(10)      |  | Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. dated as of July 17, 2006                                               
|               | 
|10.15(10)      |  | Revolving Credit Loan Note between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. dated as of July 17, 2006                                                          
|               | 
|10.16(10)      |  | Security Agreement for Equipment and Fixtures between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. dated as of July 17, 2006                                       
|               | 
|10.17(10)      |  | Continuing Security Agreement between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. dated as of July 17, 2006                                                       
|               | 
|10.18(11)      |  | Loan Guaranty and Security Agreement among Design Within Reach, Inc., the Lenders thereto and Wells Fargo Retail, Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, dated as of February 2,
2007.
|               | 
|10.19          |  | Offer of Employment Letter dated August 27, 2006 between Design Within Reach, Inc. and John D. Hellmann.                                                                              
|               | 
|10.20          |  | Amended and Restated Offer of Employment Letter dated March 16, 2007 between Design Within Reach, Inc. and Ray Brunner                                                                
|               | 
|23.01          |  | Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm                                                                                                                              
|               | 
|31.01          |  | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934                                                    
|               | 
|31.02          |  | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934                                                    
|               | 
|32*            |  | Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002        



84



---

##### Table of Contents

---

|(1) | Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-113903) filed on March 24, 2004, as amended.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(2) | Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-113903) filed on June 1, 2004, as amended.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(3) | Incorporated by reference to Design Within Reachs Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 25, 2006.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(4) | Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-113903) filed on May 17, 2004, as amended.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(5) | Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-113903) filed on June 10, 2004, as amended.
|--- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(6) | Incorporated by reference to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005 filed on February 17, 2005.
|--- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(7) | Incorporated by reference to Design Within Reachs Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 19, 2006.
|--- | -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(8) | Incorporated by reference to Design Within Reachs Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2006.
|--- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(9) | Incorporated by reference to Design Within Reachs Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 17, 2006.
|--- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(10) | Incorporated by reference to Design Within Reachs Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended July 1, 2006 filed on January 17, 2007.
|---- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|(11) | Incorporated by reference to Design Within Reachs Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2007.
|---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

|* | These certifications are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Design Within Reach, Inc., whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.
|- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



85



---

##### Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Design Within Reach, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets
of Design Within Reach, Inc. as of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and the related statements of operations, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 30, 2006.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Design Within Reach, Inc. as of
December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 30, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of Design Within Reach, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated May 7, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on managements assessment, and an adverse opinion on the effective operation, of internal control over financial reporting.

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company adopted Statement No. 123R, Share Based Payment, on a modified
prospective basis as of January 1, 2006.

San Francisco, California

May 7, 2007



86



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)



|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ---------------- | ------ | - | ---------------- | - | ------ | -
|                                                                                                          |  | December 30,2006 |        |   | December 31,2005 |  
|ASSETS                                                                                                    |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Current assets                                                                                            |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Cash and cash equivalents                                                                                 |  | $                | 6,795  |   |                  | $ | 3,428  |  
|Investments                                                                                               |  |                  |       |   |                  |   | 9,652  |  
|Inventory                                                                                                 |  |                  | 33,849 |   |                  |   | 31,239 |  
|Accounts receivable (less allowance for doubtful accounts of $384 and $253, respectively)                 |  |                  | 2,514  |   |                  |   | 1,568  |  
|Prepaid catalog costs                                                                                     |  |                  | 1,046  |   |                  |   | 1,237  |  
|Deferred income taxes                                                                                     |  |                  | 2,078  |   |                  |   | 1,953  |  
|Other current assets                                                                                      |  |                  | 2,434  |   |                  |   | 4,125  |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Total current assets                                                                                      |  |                  | 48,716 |   |                  |   | 53,202 |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Property and equipment, net                                                                               |  |                  | 24,507 |   |                  |   | 25,474 |  
|Deferred income taxes, net                                                                                |  |                  | 8,083  |   |                  |   | 6,854  |  
|Other non-current assets                                                                                  |  |                  | 888    |   |                  |   | 676    |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Total assets                                                                                              |  | $                | 82,194 |   |                  | $ | 86,206 |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY                                                                      |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Current liabilities                                                                                       |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Accounts payable                                                                                          |  | $                | 17,116 |   |                  | $ | 18,056 |  
|Accrued expenses                                                                                          |  |                  | 4,260  |   |                  |   | 3,875  |  
|Accrued compensation                                                                                      |  |                  | 2,445  |   |                  |   | 1,539  |  
|Deferred revenue                                                                                          |  |                  | 1,583  |   |                  |   | 1,690  |  
|Customer deposits and other liabilities                                                                   |  |                  | 2,342  |   |                  |   | 2,898  |  
|Notes payable discounted, current portion                                                                 |  |                  | 519    |   |                  |   |       |  
|Capital lease obligation, current portion                                                                 |  |                  |       |   |                  |   | 114    |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Total current liabilities                                                                                 |  |                  | 28,265 |   |                  |   | 28,172 |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Deferred rent and lease incentives                                                                        |  |                  | 5,580  |   |                  |   | 4,470  |  
|Notes payable discounted, net of current portion                                                          |  |                  | 586    |   |                  |   |       |  
|Capital lease obligation, net of current portion                                                          |  |                  |       |   |                  |   | 22     |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Total liabilities                                                                                         |  |                  | 34,431 |   |                  |   | 32,664 |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)                                                                    |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Stockholders equity                                                                                      |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Preferred stock$0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding              |  |                  |       |   |                  |   |       |  
|Common stock$0.001 par value; authorized 30,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 14,418 and 14,042 shares |  |                  | 14     |   |                  |   | 14     |  
|Additional paid-in capital                                                                                |  |                  | 56,849 |   |                  |   | 55,756 |  
|Deferred compensation                                                                                     |  |                  |       |   |                  |   | (628   | )
|Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                                                      |  |                  |       |   |                  |   | (789   | )
|Accumulated deficit                                                                                       |  |                  | (9,100 | ) |                  |   | (811   | )
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Total stockholders equity                                                                                |  |                  | 47,763 |   |                  |   | 53,542 |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  
|Total liabilities and stockholders equity                                                                |  | $                | 82,194 |   |                  | $ | 86,206 |  
|                                                                                                          |  |                  |        |   |                  |   |        |  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



87



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Statements of Operations

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)



|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------- | ------- | - | ---------------- | - | ------- | -------------- |  | - | ------- | -
|                                                                              |  | Fiscal Year Ended |        
|                                                                              |  | December 30,2006  |         |   | December 31,2005 |   |         | January 1,2005 | 
|Net sales                                                                     |  | $                 | 178,142 |   |                  | $ | 158,236 |                |  | $ | 120,598 |  
|Cost of sales                                                                 |  |                   | 103,681 |   |                  |   | 90,400  |                |  |   | 65,077  |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Gross margin                                                                  |  |                   | 74,461  |   |                  |   | 67,836  |                |  |   | 55,521  |  
|Selling, general and administrative expenses                                  |  |                   | 87,555  |   |                  |   | 71,422  |                |  |   | 49,507  |  
|Facilities relocation costs                                                   |  |                   |        |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   | 198     |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Earnings (loss) from operations                                               |  |                   | (13,094 | ) |                  |   | (3,586  | )              |  |   | 5,816   |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Other income and (expenses):                                                  |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Interest income                                                               |  |                   | 307     |   |                  |   | 391     |                |  |   | 178     |  
|Interest expense                                                              |  |                   | (252    | ) |                  |   | (39     | )              |  |   | (97     | )
|Other income                                                                  |  |                   | 157     |   |                  |   | 216     |                |  |   | 161     |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Total other income                                                            |  |                   | 212     |   |                  |   | 568     |                |  |   | 242     |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Earnings (loss) before income taxes                                           |  |                   | (12,882 | ) |                  |   | (3,018  | )              |  |   | 6,058   |  
|Income tax expense (benefit)                                                  |  |                   | (4,593  | ) |                  |   | (949    | )              |  |   | 2,314   |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net earnings (loss)                                                           |  | $                 | (8,289  | ) |                  | $ | (2,069  | )              |  | $ | 3,744   |  
|                                                                              |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net earnings (loss) per share:                                                |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Basic                                                                         |  | $                 | (0.58   | ) |                  | $ | (0.15   | )              |  | $ | 0.46    |  
|Diluted                                                                       |  | $                 | (0.58   | ) |                  | $ | (0.15   | )              |  | $ | 0.29    |  
|Weighted average shares used in calculation of net earnings (loss) per share: |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Basic                                                                         |  |                   | 14,342  |   |                  |   | 13,729  |                |  |   | 8,177   |  
|Diluted                                                                       |  |                   | 14,342  |   |                  |   | 13,729  |                |  |   | 13,128  |  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



88



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders Equity and Comprehensive Income

(amounts in thousands)



|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------------- | - |  | ----------------------- | ------ | - | ------------ | ------ | - | ------------------------- | - | ------- | -------------------------------- |  | ------ | ------------------------------------------- | - | ---- | ----------------------------- |  | - | ------------------------- | - |  | - | ------ | - |  | - | ------ | - |  | - | ------ | - |  | - | ------ | -
|                                                                                          |  | Preferred StockSeries A |   |  | Preferred StockSeries B |        |   | Common Stock |        |   | AdditionalPaid-in Capital |   |         | DeferredStock-based Compensation |  |        | AccumulatedOtherComprehensive Income (Loss) |   |      | AccumulatedEarnings (Deficit) |  |   | TotalStockholders Equity |  
|                                                                                          |  | Shares                  |   |  | Amount                  |        |   | Shares       |        |   | Amount                    |   |         | Shares                           |  | Amount |                                             |   |      |                               |  |  
|BalanceDecember 27, 2003                                                                 |  | 2,040                   |   |  | $                       | 2,040  |   |              | 3,359  |   |                           | $ | 10,044  |                                  |  | 3,322  |                                             | $ | 240  |                               |  | $ |                          |   |  | $ |       |   |  | $ |       |   |  | $ | (2,486 | ) |  | $ | 9,838  |  
|Issuance of common stock pursuant to 1999 employee stock option plan pre reincorporation  |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 106    |                                             |   | 67   |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 67     |  
|Issuance of common stock, net of offering expenses                                        |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 3,000  |                                             |   | 3    |                               |  |   | 31,827                    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 31,830 |  
|Issuance of preferred and common stock upon warrant exercise                              |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              | 238    |   |                           |   | 394     |                                  |  | 700    |                                             |   | 1    |                               |  |   | 1,050                     |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 1,445  |  
|Conversion of preferred stock to common stock                                             |  | (2,040                  | ) |  |                         | (2,040 | ) |              | (3,597 | ) |                           |   | (10,438 | )                                |  | 5,637  |                                             |   | 6    |                               |  |   | 12,472                    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |  
|Deferred compensation on issuance of stock options                                        |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 2,125                     |   |  |   | (2,125 | ) |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |  
|Amortization of deferred compensation                                                     |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   | 551    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 551    |  
|Reclassification upon reincorporation                                                     |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   | (304 | )                             |  |   | 304                       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |  
|Issuance of common stock pursuant to 1999 employee stock option plan post reincorporation |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 104    |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 45                        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 45     |  
|Comprehensive income                                                                      |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Net earnings                                                                              |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 3,744  |   |  |   | 3,744  |  
|Unrealized gain on derivatives                                                            |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 493    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 493    |  
|Unrealized (loss) available-for-sale securities                                           |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | (11    | ) |  |   |       |   |  |   | (11    | )
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Comprehensive income                                                                      |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   | 4,226  |  
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|BalanceJanuary 1, 2005                                                                   |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 12,869 |                                             |   | 13   |                               |  |   | 47,823                    |   |  |   | (1,574 | ) |  |   | 482    |   |  |   | 1,258  |   |  |   | 48,002 |  
|Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options                                   |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 1,017  |                                             |   | 1    |                               |  |   | 879                       |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 880    |  
|Issuance of common stock from stock purchase plan                                         |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 56     |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 785                       |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 785    |  
|Amortization of deferred compensation                                                     |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   | 571    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 571    |  
|Compensation for forfeitures of stock                                                     |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | (375                      | ) |  |   | 375    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |  
|Tax benefit from disqualifying dispositions                                               |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 5,558                     |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 5,558  |  
|Issuance of common stock, net of offering expenses                                        |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 100    |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 898                       |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 898    |  
|Accelerated vesting of stock options                                                      |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 188                       |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 188    |  
|Comprehensive (loss)                                                                      |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Net (loss)                                                                                |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | (2,069 | ) |  |   | (2,069 | )
|Unrealized (loss) on derivatives                                                          |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | (1,288 | ) |  |   |       |   |  |   | (1,288 | )
|Unrealized gain available-for-sale securities                                             |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 17     |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 17     |  
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Comprehensive (loss)                                                                      |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   | (3,340 | )
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|BalanceDecember 31, 2005                                                                 |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 14,042 |                                             |   | 14   |                               |  |   | 55,756                    |   |  |   | (628   | ) |  |   | (789   | ) |  |   | (811   | ) |  |   | 53,542 |  
|Stock based compensation                                                                  |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 1,926                     |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 1,926  |  
|Issuance of common stock from exercise of stock options                                   |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 363    |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 341                       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 341    |  
|Issuance of common stock from stock purchase plan                                         |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  | 8      |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | 44                        |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 44     |  
|Accounting change from stock based compensation                                           |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | (628                      | ) |  |   | 628    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |  
|Tax benefit from employee equity incentive plans                                          |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   | (590                      | ) |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | (590   | )
|Comprehensive (loss)                                                                      |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Net (loss)                                                                                |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | (8,289 | ) |  |   | (8,289 | )
|Unrealized gain on derivatives                                                            |  |                        |   |  |                         |       |   |              |       |   |                           |   |        |                                  |  |       |                                             |   |     |                               |  |   |                          |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 789    |   |  |   |       |   |  |   | 789    |  
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|Comprehensive (loss)                                                                      |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   | (7,500 | )
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  
|BalanceDecember 30, 2006                                                                 |  |                        |   |  | $                       |       |   |              |       |   |                           | $ |        |                                  |  | 14,413 |                                             | $ | 14   |                               |  | $ | 56,849                    |   |  | $ |       |   |  | $ |       |   |  | $ | (9,100 | ) |  | $ | 47,763 |  
|                                                                                          |  |                         |   |  |                         |        |   |              |        |   |                           |   |         |                                  |  |        |                                             |   |      |                               |  |   |                           |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |   |  |   |        |  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



89



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in thousands)



|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ----------------- | ------- | - | ---------------- | - | ------- | -------------- |  | - | ------- | -
|                                                                                       |  | Fiscal Year Ended |        
|                                                                                       |  | December 30,2006  |         |   | December 31,2005 |   |         | January 1,2005 | 
|Cash flows from operating activities:                                                  |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net earnings (loss)                                                                    |  | $                 | (8,289  | ) |                  | $ | (2,069  | )              |  | $ | 3,744   |  
|Adjustments to reconcile net income ( loss) to net cash used in operating activities : |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Depreciation and amortization                                                          |  |                   | 8,919   |   |                  |   | 6,623   |                |  |   | 3,340   |  
|Stock-based compensation                                                               |  |                   | 1,926   |   |                  |   | 759     |                |  |   | 551     |  
|Amortization of bond premium                                                           |  |                   | 2       |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   |        |  
|Ineffectiveness loss on derivatives                                                    |  |                   |        |   |                  |   | 236     |                |  |   |        |  
|Loss on the sale/disposal of long-lived assets                                         |  |                   | 180     |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   |        |  
|Deferred income taxes                                                                  |  |                   | (2,453  | ) |                  |   | (1,947  | )              |  |   | (902    | )
|Changes in assets and liabilities:                                                     |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Accounts receivable, net                                                               |  |                   | (946    | ) |                  |   | 86      |                |  |   | (724    | )
|Inventory                                                                              |  |                   | (2,610  | ) |                  |   | (10,920 | )              |  |   | (7,760  | )
|Prepaid catalog costs                                                                  |  |                   | 191     |   |                  |   | 625     |                |  |   | (1,248  | )
|Other assets                                                                           |  |                   | 1,516   |   |                  |   | (1,833  | )              |  |   | (1,376  | )
|Accounts payable                                                                       |  |                   | (376    | ) |                  |   | 4,744   |                |  |   | 5,413   |  
|Accrued expenses                                                                       |  |                   | 704     |   |                  |   | (521    | )              |  |   | 4,012   |  
|Deferred revenue                                                                       |  |                   | (107    | ) |                  |   | (324    | )              |  |   | 1,327   |  
|Customer deposits and other liabilities                                                |  |                   | 742     |   |                  |   | 264     |                |  |   | 482     |  
|Deferred rent and lease incentives                                                     |  |                   | 1,110   |   |                  |   | 2,595   |                |  |   | 1,287   |  
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                                    |  |                   | 509     |   |                  |   | (1,682  | )              |  |   | 8,146   |  
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Cash flows from investing activities:                                                  |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Purchase of property & equipment                                                       |  |                   | (8,128  | ) |                  |   | (14,315 | )              |  |   | (12,894 | )
|Proceeds from sales of property and equipment, net                                     |  |                   | 19      |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   |        |  
|Purchases of investments                                                               |  |                   | (15,275 | ) |                  |   | (16,497 | )              |  |   | (35,553 | )
|Sales of investments                                                                   |  |                   | 24,925  |   |                  |   | 32,400  |                |  |   | 10,000  |  
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                                    |  |                   | 1,541   |   |                  |   | 1,588   |                |  |   | (38,447 | )
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Cash flows from financing activities:                                                  |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of expenses                                |  |                   | 385     |   |                  |   | 2,563   |                |  |   | 31,942  |  
|Proceeds from warrant exercises                                                        |  |                   |        |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   | 1,445   |  
|Borrowing (repayment) on bank credit facility                                          |  |                   |        |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   | (1,957  | )
|Borrowing from other financing facility                                                |  |                   | 1,068   |   |                  |   |        |                |  |   |        |  
|Repayments of long term obligations                                                    |  |                   | (136    | ) |                  |   | (116    | )              |  |   | (98     | )
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net cash provided by financing activities                                              |  |                   | 1,317   |   |                  |   | 2,447   |                |  |   | 31,332  |  
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                                              |  |                   | 3,367   |   |                  |   | 2,353   |                |  |   | 1,031   |  
|Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                       |  |                   | 3,428   |   |                  |   | 1,075   |                |  |   | 44      |  
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period                                         |  | $                 | 6,795   |   |                  | $ | 3,428   |                |  | $ | 1,075   |  
|                                                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Cash paid during the period for:                                                       |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Income taxes paid (refunded)                                                           |  | $                 | (1,985  | ) |                  | $ | 1,767   |                |  | $ | 1,761   |  
|Interest                                                                               |  | $                 | 250     |   |                  | $ | 39      |                |  | $ | 51      |  
|Non cash investing and financing activities:                                           |  |                   |         |   |                  |   |         |                |  |   |         |  
|Change in fair value of derivatives                                                    |  | $                 |        |   |                  | $ | (1,788  | )              |  | $ | 802     |  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



90



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

Note 1Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Design Within Reach, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in California in November 1998. The Company is an integrated multi-channel provider of distinctive modern design furnishings and accessories. The Company markets and sells
its products to both residential and commercial customers through three integrated sales channels consisting of studios, website and phone. The Company sells its products directly to customers throughout the United States.

The Company operates on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to December 31. Each fiscal year consists of four 13-week
quarters, with an extra week added onto the fourth quarter every five to six years. The Companys 2006, 2005 and 2004 fiscal years ended on December 30, 2006, on December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005, respectively. Fiscal year
2006 and 2005 consisted of 52 weeks and fiscal year 2004 consisted of 53 weeks.

Segment Reporting

The Companys business is conducted in a single operating segment. The Companys chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer
who reviews a single set of financial data that encompasses the Companys entire operations for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance.

Reclassifications

Certain items have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal year 2006
presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on the Companys results of operations. The Company reclassified outstanding checks in excess of cash balances at December 31, 2005 from bank credit facility to accounts payable.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Short-term securities, generally investment grade auction rate securities
and municipal bonds, are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value. Those with maturities beyond one year may be classified as short-term investments based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable
securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations. All auction rate securities are classified as short-term investments. All cash equivalents and short-term investments are classified as available for sale and are
recorded at fair market value using the specific identification method; unrealized gains and losses (excluding other-than-temporary impairments) are reflected in other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses and declines in value
judged to be other than temporary, if any, on available for sale securities are included in earnings.

Long-term investments include debt
instruments with maturities of greater than one year. Debt securities are classified as available for sale and are recorded at fair market value using the specific identification method.

Accounts Receivable

The majority of
the Companys accounts receivable consists of amounts due from major credit card companies that are collected within five days after the customers credit card is charged and receivables due from commercial customers due within 30 days of
the invoice date. The Company estimates its allowance for uncollectible receivables by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due and the Companys previous loss history.



91



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



The following is a summary of activities in the allowances for doubtful accounts for the periods
indicated.



|                   |  |                  |     |                                        |   |            |  |   |               |   |  |   |    
|------------------ |  | ---------------- | --- | -------------------------------------- | - | ---------- |  | - | ------------- | - |  | - | ---
|Fiscal Years Ended |  | BeginningBalance |     | AdditionsCharged/Credited toOperations |   | Write-offs |  |   | EndingBalance
|                   |  |                  |     | (in thousands)                         |   |            |  |   |              
|December 30, 2006  |  | $                | 253 |                                        | $ | 131        |  |   |              |   |  | $ | 384
|December 31, 2005  |  | $                | 96  |                                        | $ | 216        |  | $ | (59           | ) |  | $ | 253
|January 1, 2005    |  | $                | 36  |                                        | $ | 60         |  |   |              |   |  | $ | 96 

Inventory

Inventory consists primarily of finished goods purchased from third-party manufacturers. Inventory on hand is carried at a computed average cost which approximates a first-in first-out method and is carried at the
lower of cost or market. As of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company had inventory of $33.8 million and $31.2 million, respectively, net of write-downs of $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

Total inventory includes inventory-in-transit that consists primarily of finished goods purchased from third-party manufacturers and represents those
goods that are in-transit from certain vendors, when terms are FOB shipping, to the Company. Inventory-in-transit also includes those goods that are in-transit from the Company to its customers. Inventory-in-transit is carried at actual cost.

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, short term marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and the current portion of debt approximates their estimated fair values due to the short
maturities of these instruments. The carrying value of current debt approximates its fair value based on current rates available to the Company for similar debt.

Derivative and Hedging Activities

The Company applies SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended and interpreted, for derivative instruments and requires that all derivatives be recorded at fair value on its balance sheet, including embedded derivatives.

The Companys operations are exposed to global market risks, including the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To mitigate its
foreign currency exchange rate risk, the Company purchased foreign currency option contracts for purchases of merchandise based on forecasted demand at certain prices. The objective of the Companys foreign exchange risk management program was
to manage the financial and operational exposure arising from these risks by offsetting gains and losses on the underlying exposures with gains and losses on derivatives used to hedge them. The Company has comprehensive hedge documentation that
defines the hedging objectives, practices, procedures, and accounting treatment. The Companys hedging program and derivative positions and strategy are reviewed on a regular basis by its management. The Company accounts for these contracts on
a monthly basis by recognizing the net cash settlement gain or loss on the call or put option in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and adjusting the carrying amount of the contract to market by recognizing any corresponding gain or loss
in cost of goods sold as the underlying inventory which was hedged is sold in each reporting period.

Derivative positions are used only to
manage identified exposures. Hedges that receive designated hedge accounting treatment are evaluated for effectiveness at the time they are designated as well as throughout the



92



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



hedge period. Derivatives that the Company had held qualified as cash flow hedges subject to hedge accounting rules under SFAS No. 133. With respect to
any derivative that is deemed ineffective, the ineffective portion is reported through earnings. Management evaluates the ineffectiveness of outstanding contracts when it is probable that the original forecasted transaction will change. The
effective portion of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and is recognized in cost of sales when the underlying inventory is sold. The Company recorded approximately $69,000 and $236,000 for
ineffectiveness during fiscal year 2006 and 2005, respectively. There was no amount recorded for ineffectiveness in fiscal year 2004.

Derivatives used to manage financial exposures for foreign exchange risks generally mature within one year or less. Cash flow hedges are discontinued when it is probable that the original forecasted transaction will not occur. The Company
did not have any foreign currency option contracts outstanding at December 30, 2006.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated using a straight-line method over the assets estimated useful lives. Costs of maintenance
and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; significant renewals and betterments are capitalized. Estimated useful lives are as follows:



|                                |  |                                                
|------------------------------- |  | -----------------------------------------------
|Computer equipment and software |  | 18 months-3 years                              
|Office furniture and equipment  |  | 5 years                                        
|Leasehold improvements          |  | 10 years or life of lease, whichever is shorter

As part of many of the Companys lease agreements, the Company receives construction
allowances from landlords for tenant improvements. The construction allowances are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as a reduction of rent expense.

Property and equipment disposals are accounted for with adjustments to accumulated depreciation and charges to gain or loss on disposed assets. The book
cost and accumulated depreciation of the asset are written off.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of
Long-Lived Assets (SFAS 144). Long-lived assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If such review indicates that the carrying
amount of long-lived assets is not recoverable, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to fair value. Management considers the following circumstances and events to assess the recoverability of carrying amounts: 1) a significant adverse
change in the extent or manner in which long-lived assets are being used or in its physical condition, 2) an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of a long-lived asset,
3) a current-period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset, and 4) a current expectation
that, more likely than not, the long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. Decisions to close a studio or facility also can result in accelerated depreciation over the
revised useful life. When the Company closes a location that is under a long-term lease, the Company records a charge for the fair value of the liability associated with that lease at the cease-use date. The fair value of such liability is
calculated based on the remaining lease rental payments due under the lease, reduced by estimated rental payments that could be reasonably obtained by the Company for subleasing the property to a third party. The estimate of future cash flows is
based on the Companys experience, knowledge and typically third-party advice or market data. However, these estimates can be affected by factors



93



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



such as future studio profitability, real estate demand and economic conditions that can be difficult to predict. If the undiscounted future cash flows from
the long-lived assets are less than the carrying value, a loss is recognized equal to the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the assets.

In May 2005, the Company converted then existing information technology systems to a new, custom-built system supporting product sourcing, merchandise planning, forecasting, inventory management, product distribution
and transportation and price management. These information technology systems also are used to generate information for financial reporting. On October 1, 2005, the Company shortened the estimated useful lives for certain computer systems
having a net book value of approximately $3.2 million from three years to 18 months as a result of its plans to replace them in fiscal year 2007. The impact of this change resulted in additional depreciation expense in fiscal year 2006 and 2005 of
approximately $1.0 million and $300,000. The impact of this change is anticipated to be an expense of approximately $140,000 in fiscal year 2007. These amounts will reduce net income or increase net losses.

In addition to the recoverability assessment, the Company routinely reviews the remaining estimated lives of its long-lived assets. Any reduction in the
useful life assumption will result in increased depreciation and amortization expense in the period when such determinations are made, as well as in subsequent periods. These amounts will reduce net income or increase net losses.

Revenue Recognition

The Company
recognizes revenue on the date on which it estimates that the product has been received by the customer. The Company records as deferred revenue any sales made in the last week of the reporting period for which it estimates delivery in the following
period. The Company uses third-party freight carrier information to estimate standard delivery times to various locations throughout the United States. Sales are recorded net of expected returns by customers. Significant management judgments and
estimates must be made and used in connection with determining net sales recognized in any accounting period. The Companys management must make estimates of potential future product returns related to current period revenue. The Company
analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of products when evaluating the adequacy of the sales returns and other allowances in any accounting period. The returns allowance is recorded as a
reduction to net sales for the estimated retail value of the projected product returns and as a reduction in cost of sales for the corresponding cost amount less any reserve for estimated scrap. Reserve for estimated product returns were
approximately $565,000 and $323,000 as of December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

The following is a summary of
activities in the reserve for estimated product returns accounts for the periods indicated:



|                   |  |                  |     |                               |   |                      |  |   |               |   |  |   |    
|------------------ |  | ---------------- | --- | ----------------------------- | - | -------------------- |  | - | ------------- | - |  | - | ---
|Fiscal Years Ended |  | BeginningBalance |     | AdditionsCharged toOperations |   | DeductionsWrite offs |  |   | EndingBalance
|                   |  |                  |     | (in thousands)                |   |                      |  |   |              
|December 30, 2006  |  | $                | 323 |                               | $ | 242                  |  | $ |              |   |  | $ | 565
|December 31, 2005  |  | $                | 558 |                               | $ |                     |  | $ | (235          | ) |  | $ | 323
|January 1, 2005    |  | $                | 442 |                               | $ | 116                  |  | $ |              |   |  | $ | 558

The Company recognizes shipping and handling fees charged to customers in net sales at the time
products are estimated to have been received by customers.

Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping costs, which include inbound and
outbound freight costs, are included in cost of sales. The Company records costs of shipping products to customers in cost of sales at the



94



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



time products are estimated to have been received by customers. Handling costs, which include fulfillment center expenses, call center expenses, and credit
card fees, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Handling costs were approximately $9.8 million, $7.8 million, and $6.9 million for fiscal years 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are
computed using the asset and liability method under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the currently enacted tax rates and laws currently in effect. The Company will need to generate future taxable income of approximately $7.4
million, and $16.7 million to realize federal and state net operating losses, respectively. The Company anticipates generating future taxable income by improving gross margin by utilizing reliable inventory costing information to better align sales
prices with related products costs, improving the management and monitoring of inventory returns, and elimination of less profitable product lines. Additionally, the Company anticipates better aligning operating costs with sales levels and reducing
the large volume of consulting costs incurred during fiscal 2005 and 2006 as a result of significant systems issues and employee turnover. The Company records an estimated valuation allowance on its deferred income tax assets if it is more
likely than not that these deferred income tax assets will not be realized. The Company has provided a valuation allowance to the extent that its deferred tax assets are deemed not realizable.

Advertising Costs

Direct response
advertising costs consists of third-party costs, including paper, printing, postage, name acquisition and mailing costs, for all of the Companys catalogs. Such costs are capitalized as prepaid costs and are amortized over their expected period
of future benefit. Each catalog is generally fully amortized within two to four months of its initial mailing depending on circulation plans. At December 30, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the Company had prepaid catalog costs of
approximately $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Other non-direct response advertising costs, which include amounts for merchandise donated to third parties for advertising purposes, are expensed as incurred. Prepaid catalog costs are
evaluated for amounts that are realizable at each reporting period by comparing the carrying amount associated with each catalog to the estimated probable remaining future net benefit associated with that catalog. If the carrying amount is in excess
of the estimated probable remaining future net benefit of the catalog, the excess is expensed in the reporting period. Advertising expenses, including amortized direct response catalog costs and non-direct response advertising, net of co-operative
advertising, were approximately $10.6 million, $12.0 million and $10.8 million for fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company also donated merchandise to third parties for advertising purposes. These donations were approximately
$92,000 and $222,000 in 2006 and 2005, respectively and none in 2004. The Company accounts for consideration received from its vendors for co-operative advertising as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense. Co-operative
advertising amounts received by the Company were approximately $514,000, $673,000 and $489,000 in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Deferred Rent and Lease Incentives

Several of the Companys operating leases contain free rent periods and many
contain predetermined fixed increases of the minimum rental rate during the initial lease term. For these leases, the Company recognizes rental expense on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term and records the difference between the
amounts charged to expense and the rent paid as deferred rent.

Studio Pre-Opening Costs

Studio pre-opening costs are expensed as they are incurred.



95



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment
(SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R supersedes the Companys previous accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock issued to Employees (APB 25), for periods beginning in
fiscal 2006. Under APB 25, the Company accounted for stock options under the intrinsic value method. Accordingly, the Company only recognized expense related to employee stock options granted at an exercise price below the fair value of the
underlying stock on the grant date. The Company did not recognize any expense related to employee stock options granted at an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying stock on the grant date.

The Company adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard as of
January 1, 2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006. Under the modified prospective method, compensation expense recognized includes the estimated expense for stock options granted on and subsequent to January 1, 2006,
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R, and the estimated expense for the portion vesting in the period for options granted prior to, but not vested as of January 1, 2006, based on
the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123.

Prior to adopting SFAS 123R, the
Company recorded deferred stock-based compensation charges in the amount by which the exercise prices of certain options were less than the fair value of the Companys common stock at the date of grant under the intrinsic value method of
accounting as defined by the provisions of APB 25. In fiscal year 2004, the Company recorded approximately $2.1 million in deferred compensation related to the issuance of (1) options to purchase 120,000 common shares with an exercise price of
$4.50 per share and an estimated fair market value of $10.00 per share granted in first quarter 2004 and (2) options to purchase 366,250 common shares with an exercise price of $7.00 per share and an estimated fair market value of $11.00 per
share granted in first quarter 2004. In accordance with FAS 123R, remaining deferred compensation of $628,000 was reclassified to Additional Paid-In Capital upon the adoption at January 1, 2006. Stock-based compensation expense recognized was
approximately $1.9 million, $1.0 million and $466,000 in the fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company recorded a tax benefit of approximately, $0.4 million for the fiscal year 2006. Stock based compensation net of taxes increased
net loss by $0.10 per share. The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R and related EITF 96-18.

Under the modified prospective application method adopted by the Company, results for prior periods have not been restated to reflect the effects of
adopting SFAS 123R. The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 on pro forma disclosures of net earnings (loss) and net earnings (loss) per share in fiscal 2005 and 2004 are not likely to be representative of the pro forma effects on net earnings
(loss) and net earnings (loss) per share in future years. The following information is presented for comparative purposes and illustrates the pro forma effect on net earnings (loss) and earnings (loss) per share had the Company applied the fair
value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to the share-based payments in those periods (amounts in thousands, except for per share amounts):



|                                                                                                                                   |  |              |        |   |      |   |       |  
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------ | ------ | - | ---- | - | ----- | -
|                                                                                                                                   |  | Fiscal Years |       
|                                                                                                                                   |  | 2005         |        |   | 2004 |  
|Net earnings (loss), as reported                                                                                                   |  | $            | (2,069 | ) |      | $ | 3,744 |  
|Add: Stock-based compensation expense included in reported net earnings (loss), net of taxes                                       |  |              | 611    |   |      |   | 339   |  
|Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value-based method for all awards, net of related tax
effects |  |              | (1,325 | ) |      |   | (686  | )
|                                                                                                                                   |  |              |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Pro forma net earnings (loss)                                                                                                      |  | $            | (2,783 | ) |      | $ | 3,397 |  
|                                                                                                                                   |  |              |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Basic net earnings (loss) per share, as reported                                                                                   |  | $            | (0.15  | ) |      | $ | 0.46  |  
|Basic net earnings (loss) per share, pro forma                                                                                     |  | $            | (0.20  | ) |      | $ | 0.42  |  
|Diluted net earnings (loss) per share, as reported                                                                                 |  | $            | (0.15  | ) |      | $ | 0.29  |  
|Diluted net earnings (loss) per share, pro forma                                                                                   |  | $            | (0.20  | ) |      | $ | 0.26  |  



96



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



The fair value of option grants has been determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions:



|                                    |  |             |   |  |      |   |  |      |  
|----------------------------------- |  | ----------- | - |  | ---- | - |  | ---- | -
|                                    |  | Fiscal Year |  
|                                    |  | 2006        |   |  | 2005 |   |  | 2004 |  
|Risk-free interest rate             |  | 4.28%-5.03  | % |  | 4.4  | % |  | 4.0  | %
|Expected volatility of common stock |  | 57%-61      | % |  | 66   | % |  | 37   | %
|Dividend yield                      |  |            |   |  |     |   |  |     |  
|Expected life (years)               |  | 5.13-6.08   |   |  | 5    |   |  | 5    |  

Due to the relatively short period since the Companys initial public offering, the Company
used a blended volatility rate using a combination of historical stock price and market-implied volatility for traded and quoted options on the equities for the group of retail companies for which exchange traded options are observed. Prior to the
first quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company used a historical volatility rate in accordance with SFAS 123 for purposes of its pro forma information.

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon the average daily closing rates during the quarter for U.S. treasury notes that have a life which approximates the expected life of the option. The dividend yield
assumption is based on the Companys history and expectation of dividend payouts.

The expected life of employee stock options is
based on the simplified method of estimating expected life in accordance with SAB 107. Under the guidance of SAB 107, companies with plain vanilla options may use the simplified method to calculate the expected term. This method is
available until December 31, 2007. The Company plans to make a refined estimate of expected term before that date.

The Company
estimates a forfeiture rate at the time of option grant as required by SFAS 123R and revises estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic
earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the Companys net earnings (loss) available to the Companys common stockholders for the year by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted earnings
per share includes the effects of dilutive instruments, such as stock options, employee stock plan, warrants and convertible preferred stock, and uses the average share price for the period in determining the number of incremental shares that are to
be added to the weighted average number of shares outstanding.

In accordance with the SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per
Share, the calculation of shares used in basic and diluted net earnings (loss) per share computation is presented below:



|                                                         |  |                |  |        |  |       
|-------------------------------------------------------- |  | -------------- |  | ------ |  | ------
|                                                         |  | Fiscal Years  
|                                                         |  | 2006           |  | 2005   |  | 2004  
|                                                         |  | (in thousands)
|Shares used to compute basic earnings (loss) per share   |  | 14,342         |  | 13,729 |  | 8,177 
|Add: Effect of dilutive securities                       |  |                |  |        |  |       
|Preferred stock Series A                                 |  |               |  |       |  | 1,012 
|Preferred stock Series B                                 |  |               |  |       |  | 1,666 
|Effect of dilutive options and stock plan                |  |               |  |       |  | 1,797 
|Warrants                                                 |  |               |  |       |  | 476   
|                                                         |  |                |  |        |  |       
|Shares used to compute diluted earnings (loss) per share |  | 14,342         |  | 13,729 |  | 13,128
|                                                         |  |                |  |        |  |       



97



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



Due to a net loss in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, the Company excluded approximately 0.2 million and
1.0 million shares, respectively from the computation in dilutive potential common shares from outstanding stock options and stock plan because inclusion of such shares would be antidilutive. There was no exclusion in fiscal year 2004.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings (loss), mark-to-market derivatives and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. The components of comprehensive income (loss) are presented in the Statements of
Stockholders Equity.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions affecting the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Companys significant accounting estimates
include estimates of market value used in calculating inventory reserves to reflect inventory carried at a lower of cost or market, estimates of market value used in calculating the value of stock-based compensation, estimates of expected future
cash flows and useful lives used in the review for impairment of long-lived assets, estimates of the Companys ability to realize its deferred tax assets which are also used to establish whether valuation allowances are needed on those assets,
estimates of freight costs used to calculate accrued liabilities and estimates of returns used to calculate sales return reserves. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations reported
in future periods.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited
with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company, from time to time, maintains cash balances at financial institutions that are in excess of the amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100,000. The Company has
not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents. The majority of the Companys accounts receivable consists of receivables due from major credit card
companies that are collected within five days after the customers credit card is charged and receivables due from commercial customers due within 30 days of the invoice date.

Vendor Concentration

During the
fiscal years 2006, 2005, and 2004, sales of products supplied by one vendor constituted approximately 16.8%, 11.2%, and 9.1% of net sales, respectively, while sales of products supplied by the Companys top five vendors constituted
approximately 33.8%, 29.1%, and 30.1% of net sales, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxesan interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken
in a tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company
completed its assessment of FIN 48 and determined that the adoption of FIN 48 will not have a material impact on its results of operations.



98



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instrumentsan amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140. SFAS 155 permits fair value measurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation. This
statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entitys fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company believes that adoption of SFAS 155 will not have a material impact on
its financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement 157, Fair Value Measurements (FAS 157). This
statement clarifies the definition of fair value; the methods used to measure fair value, and require expanded financial statement disclosures about fair value measurements for assets and liabilities. FAS 157 is effective for financial
statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing the impact on its financial statements.

In September 2006, the SECs Office of the Chief Accountant and Divisions of Corporation Finance and Investment Management released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (SAB 108), which provides
interpretive guidance on how registrants should quantify financial-statement misstatements. Currently, the two methods most commonly used by preparers and auditors to quantify misstatements are the rollover method (which focuses
primarily on the income statement impact of misstatements) and the iron curtain method (which focuses primarily on the balance sheet impact of misstatements). Under SAB 108, registrants will be required to consider both the rollover
and iron curtain methods (i.e., a dual approach) when evaluating the materiality of financial statement errors. Registrants will need to revisit their prior materiality assessments and consider them using both the rollover and iron curtain methods.
SAB 108 is effective for annual financial statements in the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The SAB provides transition accounting and disclosure guidance for situations in which a registrant concludes that a material
error(s) existed in prior-period financial statements under the dual approach. Specifically, registrants will be permitted to restate prior period financial statements or recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying SAB 108 through an
adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the year of adoption. Adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on the Companys annual financial statements.

In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensuses reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) in Issue No. 06-3, How Taxes
Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross Versus Net Presentation). EITF 06-3 requires disclosure of an entitys accounting policy regarding the
presentation of taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer including sales, use, value added and some excise taxes. The Company presents such taxes on a net
basis (excluded from net sales). The Company believes adoption of EITF 06-3, which is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2006, will not have a material impact on the Companys financial
statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
LiabilitiesIncluding an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. This standard permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions in SFAS No. 159 are
elective; however, the amendment to SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The fair value option established by SFAS
No. 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. A business entity will report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings (or
another performance indicator if the business entity does not report earnings) at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option: (a) may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted
for by the equity method; (b) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs); and (c) is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. SFAS No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of an entitys
first fiscal year that begins after



99



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that adoption of this statement will have on the Companys financial position and
results of operations.

Note 2Balance Sheet Accounts

Investments

Investments in marketable debt securities are classified as available-for-sale. The
Company had no investments as of December 30, 2006. Investments held by the Company as of December 31, 2005 are summarized below:



|                        |  |               |       |                 |   |                  |  |           |   |  |   |      
|----------------------- |  | ------------- | ----- | --------------- | - | ---------------- |  | --------- | - |  | - | -----
|                        |  | AmortizedCost |       | UnrealizedGains |   | UnrealizedLosses |  | FairValue
|                        |  |               |       | (in thousands)  |   |                  |  |          
|Auction rate securities |  | $             | 7,735 |                 | $ | 17               |  |           |  |  | $ | 7,752
|Municipal bonds         |  |               | 1,900 |                 |   |                 |  |           |  |  |   | 1,900
|                        |  |               |       |                 |   |                  |  |           |   |  |   |      
|Total                   |  | $             | 9,635 |                 | $ | 17               |  | $         |  |  | $ | 9,652
|                        |  |               |       |                 |   |                  |  |           |   |  |   |      

There was no realized gain or loss on the sale of investments in fiscal years 2006, 2005, and
2004.

The contractual maturities of marketable debt securities, regardless of their balance sheet classification, were as follows:



|                                 |  |                  |   |                  |   |      
|-------------------------------- |  | ---------------- | - | ---------------- | - | -----
|                                 |  | As of           
|                                 |  | December 30,2006 |   | December 31,2005
|                                 |  | (in thousands)  
|Due in 1 year or less            |  | $                |  |                  | $ | 1,900
|Due in 15 years                 |  |                  |  |                  |   |     
|Due in 510 years                |  |                  |  |                  |   | 6,752
|Due in 10 years or more          |  |                  |  |                  |   | 1,000
|                                 |  |                  |   |                  |   |      
|Total marketable debt securities |  | $                |  |                  | $ | 9,652
|                                 |  |                  |   |                  |   |      

Inventory, net

The following table presents the Companys inventory at the end of each fiscal year:



|                                                                       |  |                |        |      |   |       
|---------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | -------------- | ------ | ---- | - | ------
|                                                                       |  | Fiscal Year   
|                                                                       |  | 2006           |        | 2005
|                                                                       |  | (in thousands)
|Inventory on-hand, net of write-downs                                  |  | $              | 27,841 |      | $ | 25,621
|                                                                       |  |                |        |      |   |       
|Inventory in-transit between third-party manufacturers and the Company |  |                | 4,577  |      |   | 4,415 
|Inventory in-transit between the Company and its customers             |  |                | 1,431  |      |   | 1,203 
|                                                                       |  |                |        |      |   |       
|Inventory-in-transit                                                   |  |                | 6,008  |      |   | 5,618 
|                                                                       |  |                |        |      |   |       
|Total                                                                  |  | $              | 33,849 |      | $ | 31,239
|                                                                       |  |                |        |      |   |       



100



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following at the end of each fiscal year:



|                                                |  |                |         |   |      |   |         |  
|----------------------------------------------- |  | -------------- | ------- | - | ---- | - | ------- | -
|                                                |  | Fiscal Year    |        
|                                                |  | 2006           |         |   | 2005 |  
|                                                |  | (in thousands) |        
|Computer equipment and software                 |  | $              | 16,174  |   |      | $ | 14,391  |  
|Office furniture and equipment                  |  |                | 5,142   |   |      |   | 4,255   |  
|Leasehold improvements                          |  |                | 23,236  |   |      |   | 19,163  |  
|                                                |  |                |         |   |      |   |         |  
|                                                |  |                | 44,552  |   |      |   | 37,809  |  
|Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization |  |                | (21,750 | ) |      |   | (12,902 | )
|                                                |  |                |         |   |      |   |         |  
|                                                |  |                | 22,802  |   |      |   | 24,907  |  
|Construction-in-progress                        |  |                | 1,705   |   |      |   | 567     |  
|                                                |  |                |         |   |      |   |         |  
|Total                                           |  | $              | 24,507  |   |      | $ | 25,474  |  
|                                                |  |                |         |   |      |   |         |  

Construction-in-progress as of December 30, 2006 consisted primarily of computer equipment
related to a new information technology system of approximately $1.2 million and leasehold improvements of approximately $500,000 related to studios under construction. Construction-in-progress as of December 31, 2005 consisted of leasehold
improvements of $567,000 related to studios under construction. Total depreciation and amortization expense on the Companys property and equipment was approximately $8.9 million, $6.6 million and $3.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004,
respectively.

Note 3Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes consists of the following for each of the fiscal years:



|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|-------------------------------- |  | -------------- | ------ | - | ---- | - | ------ | ---- |  | - | ----- | -
|                                 |  | Fiscal Years   |       
|                                 |  | 2006           |        |   | 2005 |   |        | 2004 | 
|                                 |  | (in thousands) |       
|Current                          |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Federal                          |  | $              | (2,145 | ) |      | $ | 373    |      |  | $ | 2,349 |  
|State                            |  |                | 5      |   |      |   | (113   | )    |  |   | 565   |  
|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Total current                    |  |                | (2,140 | ) |      |   | 260    |      |  |   | 2,914 |  
|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Deferred                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Federal                          |  |                | (1,239 | ) |      |   | (1,170 | )    |  |   | (630  | )
|State                            |  |                | (1,214 | ) |      |   | (39    | )    |  |   | 75    |  
|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Total deferred                   |  |                | (2,453 | ) |      |   | (1,209 | )    |  |   | (555  | )
|Change in valuation allowance    |  |                |       |   |      |   |       |      |  |   | (45   | )
|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Net deferred                     |  |                | (2,453 | ) |      |   | (1,209 | )    |  |   | (600  | )
|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  
|Net income tax expense (benefit) |  | $              | (4,593 | ) |      | $ | (949   | )    |  | $ | 2,314 |  
|                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |        |      |  |   |       |  



101



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate with the Companys effective income
tax rate is as follows:



|                                                      |  |              |    |  |       |    |  |      |  
|----------------------------------------------------- |  | ------------ | -- |  | ----- | -- |  | ---- | -
|                                                      |  | Fiscal Years |   
|                                                      |  | 2006         |    |  | 2005  |    |  | 2004 |  
|Statutory federal rate                                |  | (34.0        | )% |  | (34.0 | )% |  | 34.0 | %
|State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit |  | (6.1         | )  |  | (3.3  | )  |  | 6.2  |  
|Change in valuation allowance                         |  |             |    |  |      |    |  | (0.7 | )
|Stock options                                         |  | 2.1          |    |  | 7.3   |    |  |     |  
|Tax exempt interest                                   |  | (0.6         | )  |  | (3.7  | )  |  |     |  
|Enterprise zone credit and other                      |  | 2.9          |    |  | 2.3   |    |  | (1.3 | )
|                                                      |  |              |    |  |       |    |  |      |  
|Effective tax rate                                    |  | (35.7        | )% |  | (31.4 | )% |  | 38.2 | %
|                                                      |  |              |    |  |       |    |  |      |  

Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. Temporary differences and carryforwards, which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities, are as follows at the end of each fiscal year:



|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|---------------------------------------- |  | -------------- | ------ | - | ---- | - | ----- | -
|                                         |  | Fiscal Year    |       
|                                         |  | 2006           |        |   | 2005 |  
|                                         |  | (in thousands) |       
|Deferred tax assets:                     |  |                |        |  
|Current:                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Accruals and reserves                    |  | $              | 1,710  |   |      | $ | 1,311 |  
|Deferred gross margin                    |  |                | 351    |   |      |   | 334   |  
|Stock options                            |  |                | 769    |   |      |   | 305   |  
|Foreign exchange hedging                 |  |                |       |   |      |   | 509   |  
|Other                                    |  |                | 238    |   |      |   | 110   |  
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Total current deferred tax assets        |  |                | 3,068  |   |      |   | 2,569 |  
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Non-Current:                             |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Net operating losses                     |  |                | 3,642  |   |      |   | 6,605 |  
|Credit carry forward                     |  |                | 616    |   |      |   | 417   |  
|Deferred rent and lease incentives       |  |                | 1,175  |   |      |   | 760   |  
|Property and equipment basis differences |  |                | 2,960  |   |      |   |      |  
|Other                                    |  |                | 107    |   |      |   |      |  
|Valuation allowance                      |  |                | (417   | ) |      |   | (417  | )
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Total non-current deferred tax assets    |  |                | 8,083  |   |      |   | 7,365 |  
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Deferred tax liabilities:                |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Current:                                 |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|State taxes                              |  |                | 990    |   |      |   | 616   |  
|Non-Current:                             |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Property and equipment basis differences |  |                |       |   |      |   | 511   |  
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Total deferred tax liabilities           |  |                | 990    |   |      |   | 1,127 |  
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  
|Net deferred tax assets                  |  | $              | 10,161 |   |      | $ | 8,807 |  
|                                         |  |                |        |   |      |   |       |  

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7.4 million and $16.4 million
at December 30, 2006 for Federal and state income taxes, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards will



102



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



expire between 2016 and 2027. The Company also has Federal alternative minimum tax credits of approximately $199,000 which may be carried forward
indefinitely. In addition, the Company has California Enterprise Zone credits of $317,000 that may be used for an indefinite period of time. A valuation allowance must be provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be
realized. Accordingly, these California Enterprise Zone credits have been reduced by $317,000 for amounts not expected to be fully utilized.

As a result of SFAS 123R, beginning in 2006, the excess tax benefits associated with the exercise of stock options are recorded directly to stockholders equity when realized. Accordingly, deferred tax assets are not recognized for net
operating loss carryforwards resulting from excess tax benefits occurring in 2006 and after.

Note 4Bank Credit Facility and Notes Payable

The Company entered into a secured revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N. A. as amended on December 23,
2005. This Agreement was further amended on July 17, 2006 (Amended Credit Agreement). The Amended Credit Agreement provided for an overall credit line up to a maximum of $10.0 million (including a sub-limit of $5.0 million for
letters of credit) with a maturity date of November 30, 2007.

Borrowings under the Amended Credit Agreement were based upon a
percentage of eligible inventory and accounts receivable and were secured by the Companys inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, general intangibles and other rights to payments. The agreement prohibited the payment or declaration of any
dividends or the redemption or repurchase of any shares of any class of the Companys stock. The Amended Credit Agreement contained various restrictive and financial covenants including an $8.0 million limit on capital expenditures in any
fiscal year and financial covenants related to net worth and net income. Interest on outstanding borrowings in the Amended Credit Agreement was calculated at the lenders floating prime rate plus 0.25%. Interest was payable on the last day of
each month.

The Company was not in compliance with the financial covenants in the Amended Credit Agreement including limits on capital
expenditures of $8.0 million in any fiscal year, and covenants tied to net income.

As of December 30, 2006 the Company had no
borrowings outstanding under the credit facility and $1.3 million of stand-by letters of credit outstanding under the credit facility.

On
February 2, 2007, the Company entered into a Loan, Guaranty and Security Agreement with Wells Fargo Retail Finance, LLC (the Loan Agreement) which replaced the previous loan with Wells Fargo HSBC Trade Bank, N.A. The Loan Agreement
expires on February 2, 2012 and provides for an initial overall credit line up to $20.0 million which may be increased to $25.0 million at the Companys option, provided the Company is not in default on the Loan Agreement. The Loan
Agreement consists of a revolving credit line and letters of credit up to $5.0 million. The amount the Company may borrow at any time under the Loan Agreement is based upon a percentage of eligible inventory and accounts receivable less certain
reserves. Borrowings are secured by the right, title and interest to all of the Companys personal property, including equipment, fixtures, general intangibles, intellectual property and inventory. The Loan Agreement contains various
restrictive covenants, including minimum availability, which is the amount the Company may borrow under the Loan Agreement, less the certain outstanding obligations, plus certain cash and cash equivalents, limitations on indebtedness, limitations on
subordinated indebtedness and limitations on the amount of capital expenditures the Company may incur in any fiscal year.

Interest on
borrowings will be either at Wells Fargos prime rate, or LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.75% based upon average availability. In the event of default, the Companys interest rates are increased by approximately two percentage points. On
February 2, 2007 the Company had outstanding approximately $1.3 million in letters



103



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



of credit under its previous line of credit with Wells Fargo HSBC. These letters of credit were transferred to the Companys new facility and no others
borrowings were outstanding with Wells Fargo HSBC on February 2, 2007.

In June 2006 the Company financed a portion of its new ERP
project with a three year promissory note in the amount of approximately $1.0 million with an interest rate of approximately 2.0%. In accordance with Accounting Principals Board Opinion No. 21 Interest on Receivables and
Payables (APB 21) the Company discounted this note to its fair value. The discounted portion of approximately $58,000 will be amortized as interest expense over the life of the note using the effective interest method. As of
December 30, 2006, the Companys outstanding borrowings under this and other notes were $1.1 million with interest rates ranging from 2% to 6.75%. These notes mature in 2009. Future maturities of notes payable are as follows:
2007$0.5 million, 2008$0.4 million and 2009$0.2 million.

Note 5Initial Public Offering and Secondary Offering

On June 29, 2004, the Companys registration statement on Form S-1 was declared effective for the Companys initial
public offering, pursuant to which the Company sold 3,000,000 shares of common stock at $12 per share. The Companys common stock commenced trading on June 30, 2004. The Companys initial public offering closed on July 6, 2004,
and net offering proceeds of approximately $33.5 million (after underwriters discounts of $2.5 million) were received the same day. The net proceeds available to the Company amounted to $31.8 million after it incurred additional related
offering expenses of approximately $1.6 million through December 2004.

On March 15, 2005, the Company completed a public offering of
2,070,000 shares of common stock at $15.80 per share. Of the shares offered, 100,000 were offered by the Company and 1,970,000 were offered by selling stockholders. The Company raised net proceeds of $898,000 in its second public offering, net of
underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

Note 6Preferred Stock and Warrants

After the consummation of the initial public offering in July 2004, each share of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock outstanding was
converted into common stock on a one-for-one exchange ratio of common for preferred.

In October 1998, the Company issued warrants to
purchase 700,000 shares of the Companys common stock exercisable at $1.50 per share in relation to an advising agreement with a major stockholder. These warrants were exercised in full on June 29, 2004 in cash, resulting in the issuance
of 700,000 shares of the Companys common stock.

In December 1999, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 261,000
shares of the Companys Series B Preferred Stock exercisable at $2.55 per share in relation to bridge loans made in December 1999. The fair value of these warrants at the time of issuance was $295,000 and was recognized as interest expense in
fiscal year 2000. A portion of these warrants were exercised on June 29, 2004 in part in cash, resulting in the issuance of 154,000 shares of the Companys Series B Preferred Stock, and in part on a net exercise basis resulting in the
issuance of 19,000 shares of the Companys Series B Preferred Stock. The remaining warrants were automatically exercised pursuant to their cashless exercise provisions immediately prior to the closing of the Companys initial public
offering of common stock, resulting in the issuance of 66,000 shares of the Companys Series B Preferred Stock.



104



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



Note 7Employee Benefit Plans

Employee Retirement Savings Plan

The
Company has a 401(k) retirement savings plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their earnings to the plan. Company contributions to the plan are discretionary. The Company did not contribute to the plan in fiscal years 2006, 2005 or 2004.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

During July of 2004, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-8 with the SEC to register shares related to the Design Within Reach, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP). The ESPP allows employees to purchase
Company common stock at a 15% discount to market price through payroll deductions. The ESPP operates through a series of concurrent twelve-month offering periods. Except for the first offering period, these offering periods generally start on the
first trading day on or after May 1st and November 1st of each year and end, respectively, on the last trading day of the next October and April. The Company initially registered 300,000 shares of Common Stock for purchase under the ESPP
and approximately 235,000 shares are available as of December 30, 2006. The reserve will automatically increase on each December 31 during the term of the plan by an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 100,000 shares or (2) a
lesser amount determined by the board of directors. In fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded approximately $45,000 of compensatory expense in connection with the issuance of shares pursuant to the ESPP. In October 2006, the Company suspended sales
under the ESPP pending the Company becoming current on its SEC periodic reports.

Equity Incentive Plan

The Design Within Reach, Inc. 1999 Stock Plan (the 1999 Plan) allows for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock
options to purchase shares of the Companys common stock. The Company has reserved a total of 3,100,000 shares for issuance under the 1999 Plan.

The Design Within Reach, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Award Plan (the 2004 Plan and together with the 1999 Plan, the Plans) allows for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonstatutory
stock options to purchase shares of the Companys common stock. The 2004 Plan was registered with the SEC and became effective during July 2004. In June 2006 the shareholders approved an amendment to the 2004 Plan which provided for an increase
in the number of shares of the Companys common stock reserved for issuance under the 2004 plan to 2,100,000 shares.

A total of
approximately 1.4 million shares are available for grant under both Plans at December 30, 2006. Total shares authorized but unissued under both Plans at December 30, 2006 were approximately 3.0 million. Shares subject to cancelled
options are returned to their respective Plan and are available to be reissued. Under the Plans, incentive stock options may be granted only to employees, and nonstatutory stock options may be granted to employees, outside directors and consultants.
Options granted under the Plans are for periods not to exceed ten years, and must be issued at prices not less than 100% of the fair market value for incentive stock options and not less than 85% of fair market value for nonstatutory options. Stock
options granted to stockholders who own greater than 10% of the outstanding stock must be issued at prices not less than 110% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the Plans generally vest within three to
four years. The Plans allow certain options to be exercised prior to the time such options are vested. All unvested shares are subject to repurchase at the exercise price paid for such shares, at the option of the Company. There have not been any
early exercises.



105



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



Summary of Stock Option Plans

A summary of the Companys stock option activity for both plans during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 is presented in the following table:



|                                                 |  |                 |   |  |                                |       |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|------------------------------------------------ |  | --------------- | - |  | ------------------------------ | ----- | ----------------------------------------- | ---- | ------------------------ | - | ---
|                                                 |  | Number ofShares |   |  | Weighted AverageExercise Price |       | Weighted AverageRemainingContractual term |      | AggregateIntrinsic value
|                                                 |  | (in thousands)  |   |  |                                |       |                                           |      | (in thousands)          
|Balance, December 27, 2003                       |  | 1,902           |   |  | $                              | 0.67  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options granted                                  |  | 783             |   |  |                                | 9.94  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options exercised                                |  | (210            | ) |  |                                | 0.52  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options canceled                                 |  | (97             | ) |  |                                | 1.52  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|                                                 |  |                 |   |  |                                |       |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Balance, January 1, 2005                         |  | 2,378           |   |  |                                | 3.70  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options granted                                  |  | 749             |   |  |                                | 12.86 |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options exercised                                |  | (1,017          | ) |  |                                | 0.87  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options canceled                                 |  | (393            | ) |  |                                | 9.77  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|                                                 |  |                 |   |  |                                |       |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Balance, December 31, 2005                       |  | 1,717           |   |  |                                | 7.98  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options granted                                  |  | 1,197           |   |  |                                | 6.72  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options exercised                                |  | (363            | ) |  |                                | 0.94  |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Options canceled                                 |  | (1,019          | ) |  |                                | 10.47 |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|                                                 |  |                 |   |  |                                |       |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Balance, December 30, 2006                       |  | 1,532           |   |  | $                              | 7.01  |                                           | 8.35 |                          | $ | 750
|                                                 |  |                 |   |  |                                |       |                                           |      |                          |   |    
|Vested and expected to vest at December 30, 2006 |  | 1,213           |   |  | $                              | 6.90  |                                           | 8.11 |                          | $ | 744
|Exercisable, December 30, 2006                   |  | 580             |   |  | $                              | 6.18  |                                           | 7.12 |                          | $ | 730

The weighted average fair value per share of options granted during fiscal years 2006, 2005 and
2004 was $3.26 $12.86 and 12.65, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, was $2.1 million, $14.4 million and $2.2 million, respectively.

As of December 30, 2006 there was $3.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, before income taxes, related to nonvested stock options,
that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years.

At December 30, 2006 the aggregate intrinsic value was
$750,000 for options outstanding, based on the closing stock price on the proceeding day.



106



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 30,
2006:



|                        |               |                     |       |                                        |      |                              |   |                                      |  |                              |  |   |      
|----------------------- | ------------- | ------------------- | ----- | -------------------------------------- | ---- | ---------------------------- | - | ------------------------------------ |  | ---------------------------- |  | - | -----
|Options Outstanding     |               | Options Exercisable
|Range ofexercise prices |               | NumberofShares      |       | WeightedAverageRemainingLife(in years) |      | WeightedAverageExercisePrice |   | NumberExercisable atDecember 30,2006 |  | WeightedAverageExercisePrice
|(in thousands)          |               | (in thousands)     
|                        | $0.25  $2.75 |                     | 174   |                                        | 4.67 |                              | $ | 0.85                                 |  | 170                          |  | $ | 0.81 
|                        | 4.50          |                     | 90    |                                        | 7.01 |                              |   | 4.50                                 |  | 66                           |  |   | 4.50 
|                        | $5.41         |                     | 300   |                                        | 9.39 |                              |   | 5.41                                 |  | 87                           |  |   | 5.41 
|                        | 5.59  5.85   |                     | 179   |                                        | 9.06 |                              |   | 5.63                                 |  | 24                           |  |   | 5.63 
|                        | 5.92  6.03   |                     | 252   |                                        | 8.78 |                              |   | 5.98                                 |  | 42                           |  |   | 6.02 
|                        | 6.13  7.00   |                     | 175   |                                        | 8.30 |                              |   | 6.58                                 |  | 63                           |  |   | 6.98 
|                        | 7.23  12.00  |                     | 183   |                                        | 9.68 |                              |   | 11.14                                |  | 44                           |  |   | 12.00
|                        | 14.68  16.50 |                     | 143   |                                        | 7.77 |                              |   | 15.18                                |  | 70                           |  |   | 15.20
|                        | 19.00         |                     | 36    |                                        | 8.18 |                              |   | 19.00                                |  | 14                           |  |   | 19.00
|                        |               |                     |       |                                        |      |                              |   |                                      |  |                              |  |   |      
|$                       | 0.25  $19.00 |                     | 1,532 |                                        | 8.31 |                              | $ | 7.01                                 |  | 580                          |  | $ | 6.18 
|                        |               |                     |       |                                        |      |                              |   |                                      |  |                              |  |   |      

Note 8Commitments and Contingencies

We are a party to a variety of contractual agreements under which we may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts
primarily relate to our commercial contracts, operating leases, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these contracts we may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations
and warranties (e.g., ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined.

Generally, the maximum obligation under such indemnifications is not explicitly stated and as a result, the overall amount of these obligations cannot be
reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not made significant payments for these indemnifications. We believe that if we were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on our financial condition or results
of operations.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space, studios and fulfillment center space under operating leases. Future minimum lease payments as of December 30, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):



|                   |  |                |       
|------------------ |  | -------------- | ------
|Fiscal Year Ending |  | OperatingLease
|2007               |  | $              | 13,368
|2008               |  |                | 13,508
|2009               |  |                | 12,094
|2010               |  |                | 10,188
|2011               |  |                | 9,278 
|Thereafter         |  |                | 31,768
|                   |  |                |       
|                   |  | $              | 90,204
|                   |  |                |       



107



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



Rent expense, consisting of fixed minimum amounts and/or contingent rent based on a percentage of
sales exceeding a stipulated amount, was $13.4 million, $10.2 million and $6.2 million for fiscal year 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company accounts for step rent provisions, escalation clauses, capital improvements funding and other lease concessions on a straight-line basis over the minimum term of the lease.

Purchase Obligations

As of
December 30, 2006, we have inventory purchase obligations of $29.7 million.

Litigation

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings and litigation incidental to the normal conduct of its business. The Company is not
currently involved in any material legal proceedings or litigation.

Note 9Related Party Transactions

On June 22, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement, effective June 30, 2006, with Robert Forbes, Jr., the Companys Founder, which
calls for Mr. Forbes to prepare a monthly Company newsletter. The Company will pay Mr. Forbes $100,000 to produce 12 such newsletters. In addition, Mr. Forbes agreed to continue to serve as a member of the board of directors of the
Company for at least six months from June 30, 2006, and the Company agreed to pay Mr. Forbes $25,000 for his services as a member of the board of directors. Mr. Forbes resigned as a director on January 10, 2007.

The Company rents studio space from an affiliate of a significant stockholder of the Company and of the Chairman of the Companys Board of Directors
on a monthly basis. Rent expense related to this space for the fiscal year 2006 was approximately $176,000 and was $101,000 for each of the two fiscal years 2005 and 2004. The Company received consulting services from the same affiliate on a
monthly basis. Consulting expense related to these services was $60,000 for fiscal year 2004. No such consulting expenses were charged to operations for fiscal years 2006 and 2005.

From 2002 through 2004, a former member of management served on the board of directors of an information systems vendor which supplied the Company with
design, programming and development services for a computer system. During this time, the Company spent approximately $2.1 million with this vendor. The former member of management resigned from the board of directors of the vendor effective in
April 2004. The Company continues to purchase goods from, and use the services of, the systems vendor until functional upgrades are no longer needed. Cumulative amounts paid to the vendor from the inception of services through December 30, 2006
were approximately $5.2 million.

The Company made sales to certain members of its Board of Directors. These sales totaled $44,000, $85,000
and $45,000 in fiscal years 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

During fiscal year 2006 the Company paid $20,000 to DJM Asset Management
for consulting services by Peter Lynch, a member of the Board of Directors performed in July to September 2006.

Note 10Facility Relocation Costs

During fiscal year 2003, the Company incurred $729,000 in costs associated with the relocation of its fulfillment center operations
from Union City, California to Hebron, Kentucky. These costs consisted of freight



108



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



costs to transport inventory, severance costs for certain fulfillment center employees, relocation costs for certain fulfillment center employees, outside
service costs, lease cancellation costs, accelerated depreciation on abandoned assets and other miscellaneous costs. During fiscal year 2004, the Company completed the relocation of its fulfillment center at a cost of $172,000.

The Company signed a lease during the fourth quarter of 2003 for approximately sixty thousand square feet of office space and relocated its Oakland,
California headquarters to San Francisco, California in March of 2004. Rental payments under this lease commenced on June 1, 2004. During fiscal year 2004, the Company incurred approximately $26,000 in connection with the relocation of its
headquarters.

The beginning and ending liability balances related to the facility relocation costs, provisions and payments for fiscal
year 2004 are included in the table below.



|                                                                    |  |                |      |   |           |   |     |                    |  |   |                 |   |  |                    |     |   |       |   |      |       |  |   |    |   |  |   |      |  
|------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | -------------- | ---- | - | --------- | - | --- | ------------------ |  | - | --------------- | - |  | ------------------ | --- | - | ----- | - | ---- | ----- |  | - | -- | - |  | - | ---- | -
|                                                                    |  | Transportation |      |   | Severance |   |     | EmployeeRelocation |  |   | OutsideServices |   |  | LeaseCancellations |     |   | Other |   |      | Total | 
|                                                                    |  | (in thousands) |     
|Balance at December 27, 2003                                        |  | $              | 30   |   |           | $ | 71  |                    |  | $ |                |   |  | $                  | 20  |   |       | $ | 110  |       |  | $ |   |   |  | $ | 231  |  
|Provisions/(adjustments)                                            |  |                | 146  |   |           |   | (40 | )                  |  |   | 32              |   |  |                    | 52  |   |       |   |     |       |  |   | 8  |   |  |   | 198  |  
|Payments                                                            |  |                | (176 | ) |           |   | (31 | )                  |  |   | (32             | ) |  |                    | (72 | ) |       |   | (110 | )     |  |   | (8 | ) |  |   | (429 | )
|                                                                    |  |                |      |   |           |   |     |                    |  |   |                 |   |  |                    |     |   |       |   |      |       |  |   |    |   |  |   |      |  
|Balance at December 30, 2006, December 31, 2005 and January 1, 2005 |  | $              |     |   |           | $ |    |                    |  | $ |                |   |  | $                  |    |   |       | $ |     |       |  | $ |   |   |  | $ |     |  
|                                                                    |  |                |      |   |           |   |     |                    |  |   |                 |   |  |                    |     |   |       |   |      |       |  |   |    |   |  |   |      |  

Note 11Stockholder Rights Plan

On May 23, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan (the Rights Plan) designed to protect its
stockholders in the event of a proposed takeover. The Rights Plan, which expires in 2016, will not prevent a takeover, but will encourage anyone seeking a takeover of the Company to negotiate with the Board of Directors first. The Rights Plan was
not approved in response to any specific effort to acquire control of the Company. As part of the Rights Plan, the Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution of the right to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth (1/1000th) of a
share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Preferred Shares), at a price of $50.00 per one one-thousandth (1/1000th) of a Preferred Share on each outstanding share of the Companys
common stock, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments.

Subject to some exceptions, the rights will be exercisable if a person or
group acquires 15 percent or more of the Companys common stock or announces a tender offer for 15 percent or more of the common stock. Because of the nature of the Preferred Shares dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the value of
one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share purchasable upon exercise of each right should approximate the value of one share of common stock.

In the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which shares of common stock are exchanged, each Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per share of common stock. Until the rights are
exercised, the holders of the rights, as such, will have no rights as stockholders of the Company beyond those as an existing stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends. If the Company is acquired in a
merger, or another way that has not been approved by the Board of Directors, each right will entitle its holder to purchase a number of the acquiring companys common shares having a market value at that time of twice the rights exercise
price. The dividend was payable to stockholders of record on June 2, 2006.



109



---

##### Table of Contents

Design Within Reach, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements(Continued)



The rights may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.01 per right (the
Redemption Price) by the Board of Directors at any time prior to the time that the rights have become exercisable. The redemption of the rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon any redemption of the rights, the right to exercise the rights will terminate and the only right of the holders of rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

On May 25, 2006, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations setting forth the terms of the Preferred Shares with the Delaware Secretary of
State.

Supplementary DataQuarterly Financial DataUnaudited

The following tables present certain unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information for each of the four quarters ended December 30, 2006 and
December 31, 2005. This quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the Financial Statements and includes all adjustments necessary to state fairly the information for the periods presented. The results of operations for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year or for any future period.



|                                      |  |                                             |        |   |                   |   |        |             |  |   |              |   |  |                  |        |   |                |   |        |             |  |              |        |   |  |   |        |  |   |       
|------------------------------------- |  | ------------------------------------------- | ------ | - | ----------------- | - | ------ | ----------- |  | - | ------------ | - |  | ---------------- | ------ | - | -------------- | - | ------ | ----------- |  | ------------ | ------ | - |  | - | ------ |  | - | ------
|                                      |  | Quarterly Financial Data Three Months Ended
|                                      |  | December 30,2006                            |        |   | September 30,2006 |   |        | July 1,2006 |  |   | April 1,2006 |   |  | December 31,2005 |        |   | October 1,2005 |   |        | July 2,2005 |  | April 2,2005
|                                      |  | (in thousands, except per share data)      
|                                      |  | (unaudited)                                
|Net Sales                             |  | $                                           | 50,265 |   |                   | $ | 43,947 |             |  | $ | 48,960       |   |  | $                | 34,970 |   |                | $ | 41,403 |             |  | $            | 39,442 |   |  | $ | 41,926 |  | $ | 35,465
|                                      |  |                                             |        |   |                   |   |        |             |  |   |              |   |  |                  |        |   |                |   |        |             |  |              |        |   |  |   |        |  |   |       
|Gross margin                          |  |                                             | 20,075 |   |                   |   | 18,710 |             |  |   | 21,294       |   |  |                  | 14,382 |   |                |   | 16,319 |             |  |              | 17,292 |   |  |   | 18,688 |  |   | 15,538
|                                      |  |                                             |        |   |                   |   |        |             |  |   |              |   |  |                  |        |   |                |   |        |             |  |              |        |   |  |   |        |  |   |       
|Net earnings (loss) (1)               |  |                                             | (1,991 | ) |                   |   | (1,246 | )           |  |   | (833         | ) |  |                  | (4,219 | ) |                |   | (3,864 | )           |  |              | (441   | ) |  |   | 1,350  |  |   | 884   
|                                      |  |                                             |        |   |                   |   |        |             |  |   |              |   |  |                  |        |   |                |   |        |             |  |              |        |   |  |   |        |  |   |       
|Net earnings (loss) per share:        |  |                                             |        |   |                   |   |        |             |  |   |              |   |  |                  |        |   |                |   |        |             |  |              |        |   |  |   |        |  |   |       
|Basic                                 |  |                                             | (0.14  | ) |                   |   | (0.09  | )           |  |   | (0.06        | ) |  |                  | (0.30  | ) |                |   | (0.28  | )           |  |              | (0.03  | ) |  |   | 0.10   |  |   | 0.07  
|Diluted                               |  |                                             | (0.14  | ) |                   |   | (0.09  | )           |  |   | (0.06        | ) |  |                  | (0.30  | ) |                |   | (0.28  | )           |  |              | (0.03  | ) |  |   | 0.09   |  |   | 0.06  
|Shares used in per share calculation: |  |                                             |        |   |                   |   |        |             |  |   |              |   |  |                  |        |   |                |   |        |             |  |              |        |   |  |   |        |  |   |       
|Basic                                 |  |                                             | 14,415 |   |                   |   | 14,379 |             |  |   | 14,334       |   |  |                  | 14,230 |   |                |   | 14,033 |             |  |              | 13,931 |   |  |   | 13,828 |  |   | 13,131
|Diluted                               |  |                                             | 14,415 |   |                   |   | 14,379 |             |  |   | 14,334       |   |  |                  | 14,230 |   |                |   | 14,033 |             |  |              | 13,931 |   |  |   | 14,800 |  |   | 14,706

---

|(1) | In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company changed the estimated useful lives of certain long-lived assets. As a result, the lives were shortened from three years to 18 months. The
impact of this change was approximately $1.0 million and $300,000 of additional depreciation expense in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively.
|--- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



110



---

##### Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



|                   |  |  |  |                           |  |                    |  |                                                                             
|------------------ |  |  |  | ------------------------- |  | ------------------ |  | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|                   |  |  |  | DESIGN WITHIN REACH, INC.
|                   |  | 
|Dated: May 8, 2007 |  |  |  |                          
|                   |  |  | 
|                   |  |  |  | By:                       |  | /s/    RAY BRUNNER
|                   |  |  |  |                           |  |                    |  | Ray Brunner                                                                 
|                   |  |  |  |                           |  |                    |  | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



|                                             |  |                                                                                                    |  |            
|-------------------------------------------- |  | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |  | -----------
|NAME                                         |  | TITLE                                                                                              |  | DATE       
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    RAY
BRUNNER Ray Brunner               |  | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)                      |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    JOHN D.
HELLMANN John D. Hellmann     |  | Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Duly authorized Officer and    Principal Financial Officer) |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    HILARY
BILLINGS Hilary Billings       |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    JOHN
HANSEN John Hansen               |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/     TERRY
LEE Terry Lee                  |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    PETER
LYNCH Peter Lynch               |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    JAMES
PETERS James Peters             |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    WILLIAM
MCDONAGH William McDonagh     |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007
|                                             |  |                                                                                                   
|/S/    LAWRENCE
WILKINSON Lawrence Wilkinson |  | Director                                                                                           |  | May 8, 2007



111